FILE NOS. 333-160595 AND 811-22311
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 14, 2011
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
þ
Post-Effective Amendment No. 17
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
þ
Amendment No. 19
SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip code)
(800) 648-5300
(Registrants Telephone Number, including Area Code)
Marie Chandoha
211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies of communications to:
|
|
|
David J. Lekich, Esq.
|
|
Douglas P. Dick, Esq.
|
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
|
|
Dechert LLP
|
211 Main Street
|
|
1775 I Street, N.W.
|
SF211MN-05-491
|
|
Washington, D.C. 20006-2401
|
San Francisco, CA 94105
|
|
|
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
|
|
Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
|
|
þ
|
|
On October 14, 2011, pursuant to paragraph (b)
|
|
|
|
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
|
|
|
|
On (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
|
|
o
|
|
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
|
|
|
|
On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
|
If appropriate, check the following box:
|
o
|
|
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
|
|
Schwab U.S. ETFs
Prospectus
October 14, 2011
Schwab
U.S. Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
SCHD
Principal
U.S. Listing Exchange: NYSE Arca, Inc.
As
with all exchange traded funds, the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on
whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and
accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a
federal crime.
Schwab U.S.
ETFs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fund summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
Ticker
Symbol: SCHD
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones
U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
.
1
Fund fees
and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you
buy and hold shares of the fund. The table does not reflect
brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund
shares.
|
|
|
Shareholder
fees
(fees
paid directly from your investment)
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
fund operating expenses
(expenses
that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
|
Management fees
|
|
0.17
|
Other expenses
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Total annual operating expenses
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of
investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the
time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the
end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your
investment has a 5% return each year and that the funds
operating expenses remain the same. This example does not
reflect any brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or
selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on
a $10,000 investment
Portfolio
turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it
buys and sells securities (or turns over its
portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher
transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund
shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not
reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the
example, affect the funds performance. The fund is new and
therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal
investment strategies
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that
are included in the index.
The Dow Jones U.S. Dividend
100
Index
sm
is designed to measure the performance of high dividend yielding
stocks issued by U.S. companies that have a record of
consistently paying dividends, selected for fundamental strength
relative to their peers, based on financial ratios. The
100-component
index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Market Index,
excluding REITs, master limited partnerships, preferred stocks
and convertibles. It is modified market capitalization weighted.
1
Index
ownership Dow Jones and The Dow
Jones U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
are service marks of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings, LLC,
(Dow Jones), have been licensed to CME Group Index
Services LLC (CME), and sublicensed for use for
certain purposes by CSIM, the funds investment adviser.
Fees payable under the license are payable by CSIM. The Schwab
U.S. Dividend Equity ETF, based on The Dow Jones
U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
,
is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones or CME
and neither makes any representation regarding the advisability
of trading in such product.
Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
1
All index eligible stocks must have sustained at least 10
consecutive years of dividend payments, have a minimum
float-adjusted market capitalization of $500 million USD
and meet minimum liquidity criteria. The index components are
then selected by evaluating the highest dividend yielding stocks
based on four fundamentals-based characteristics
cash flow to total debt, return on equity, dividend yield and
5-year
dividend growth rate. Stocks in the index are weighted based on
a modified market capitalization approach. No single stock can
represent more than 4.5% of the index and no single sector can
represent more than 25% of the index, as measured at the time of
index construction, reconstitution and rebalance. The index
composition is reviewed annually and rebalanced quarterly.
It is the funds policy that under normal circumstances it
will invest at least 90% of its net assets in these stocks. The
fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before
changing this policy. The fund will generally give the same
weight to a given stock as the index does. However, when the
Adviser believes it is appropriate to do so, such as to avoid
purchasing odd-lots (
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual
number of shares traded for a security), for tax considerations,
or to address liquidity considerations with respect to a stock,
the Adviser may cause the funds weighting of a stock to be
more or less than the indexs weighting of the stock. The
fund may sell securities that are represented in the index in
anticipation of their removal from the index, or buy securities
that are not yet represented in the index in anticipation of
their addition to the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
Adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the Adviser anticipates will be added to the
index, (b) other investment companies, and
(c) derivatives, principally futures contracts. The fund
may use futures contracts and other derivatives primarily to
seek returns on the funds otherwise uninvested cash assets
to help it better track the index. The fund may also invest in
cash and cash equivalents, and may lend its securities to
minimize the difference in performance that naturally exists
between an index fund and its corresponding index.
The fund will concentrate its investments (
i.e.
, hold 25%
or more of its total assets) in a particular industry, group of
industries or sector to approximately the same extent that its
index is so concentrated. For purposes of this limitation,
securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies
and instrumentalities), and repurchase agreements collateralized
by U.S. government securities are not considered to be
issued by members of any industry.
The Adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate
actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and
differences between the funds portfolio and the index
resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification
requirements) that apply to the fund but not to the index.
Principal
risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money. The funds principal risks include:
Market Risk.
Stock markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Equity Risk.
The prices of equity securities rise
and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors
affecting individual companies, industries or the securities
market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in
cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or
extended periods of time.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund primarily invests in
dividend paying stocks. As a result, fund performance will
correlate directly with the performance of the dividend paying
stock segment of the stock market, and the fund may underperform
funds that do not limit their investments to dividend paying
stocks. If stocks held by the fund reduce or stop paying
dividends, the funds ability to generate income may be
affected.
The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows
the securities included in the index during upturns as well as
downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not
take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of
a declining market. In addition, because of the funds
expenses, the funds performance is normally below that of
the index.
Large- and Mid-Cap Risk.
Both large- and mid-cap
stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and
economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend
to be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events
than larger more established companies. During a period when
large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of
investments small-cap stocks, for
instance the funds large- and mid-cap holdings
could reduce performance.
2
Schwab U.S. Dividend
Equity
ETF
tm
Small-Cap Risk.
Historically, small-cap stocks have
been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks, and their prices
may move sharply, especially during market upturns and
downturns. Small-cap companies may be more vulnerable to adverse
business or economic events than larger, more established
companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind
other types of investments large-cap and mid-cap
stocks, for instance the funds small-cap
holdings could reduce performance.
Tracking Error Risk.
As an index fund, the fund
seeks to track the performance of its benchmark index, although
it may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the
performance of the fund and its benchmark index, positive or
negative, is called tracking error. Tracking error
can be caused by many factors and it may be significant.
Non-Diversification Risk.
The fund is
non-diversified, which means that it may invest in securities of
relatively few issuers. As a result, a single adverse economic,
political or regulatory occurrence may have a more significant
effect on the funds investments, and the fund may
experience increased volatility.
Derivatives Risk.
The funds use of derivative
instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater
than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities
and other traditional investments and could cause the fund to
lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition,
investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a
small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a
disproportionately larger impact on the fund.
Securities Lending Risk.
Securities lending involves
the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in
recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the
security loaned or becomes insolvent.
Liquidity Risk.
A particular investment may be
difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell
illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.
Concentration Risk.
To the extent that the
funds or the indexs portfolio is concentrated in the
securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of
industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely
affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject
to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to
adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences
affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or
asset class.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
Fund shares may be bought and sold in the
secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that
the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the
funds net asset value (NAV), there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. You may pay more
than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund
please see the Fund details section in the
prospectus.
Performance
The fund does not have a full calendar year of performance
history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of
operations a bar chart and table will be included that will
provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by
showing the variability of the funds returns and comparing
the funds performance to the index.
Investment
adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio
managers
Agnes Hong, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has
day-to-day
responsibility for the co-management of the fund. She has
managed the fund since its inception in 2011.
Ferian Juwono, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has
day-to-day
responsibility for the co-management of the fund. He has managed
the fund since its inception in 2011.
Purchase
and sale of fund shares
The fund issues and redeems shares at its NAV only in large
blocks of shares, typically 50,000 shares or more
(Creation Units). These transactions are usually in
exchange for a basket of securities included in the index and an
amount of cash.
Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
3
As a practical matter, only institutions or large investors
purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in
Creation Units, shares of the fund are not redeemable securities.
Individual shares of the fund trade on national securities
exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can only be
bought and sold at market prices throughout the trading day
through a broker-dealer. Because fund shares trade at market
prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than
NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount).
Tax
information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund
will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains,
unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other
tax-advantaged account.
4
Schwab U.S. Dividend
Equity
ETF
tm
The fund described in this Prospectus is advised by Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM or the
investment adviser). The fund is an exchange-traded
fund (ETF). ETFs are funds that trade like other
publicly-traded securities. The fund in this prospectus is an
index fund and is designed to track the performance of an index.
Because the composition of an index tends to be comparatively
stable, index funds historically have shown low portfolio
turnover compared to actively managed funds.
This strategy distinguishes an index fund from an actively
managed fund. Instead of choosing investments for the fund
based on portfolio managements judgment, an index is used
to determine which securities the fund should own.
Unlike shares of a mutual fund, shares of the fund are listed on
a national securities exchange and trade at market prices that
change throughout the day. The market price for the funds
shares may be different from its net asset value per share or
NAV. The fund has its own CUSIP number and trades on the NYSE
Arca, Inc. under the following ticker:
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
|
|
SCHD
|
The fund issues and redeems shares at its NAV only in large
blocks of shares, typically 50,000 shares or more
(Creation Units). These transactions are usually in
exchange for a basket of securities and an amount of cash. As a
practical matter, only institutions or large investors purchase
or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in Creation
Units, shares of the fund are not redeemable securities.
A note to
retail investors
Shares can be purchased directly from the fund only in exchange
for a basket of securities that is expected to be worth a
minimum of a million dollars or more. Most individual investors,
therefore, will not be able to purchase shares directly from the
fund. Instead, these investors will purchase shares in the
secondary market through a brokerage account or with the
assistance of a broker. Thus, some of the information contained
in this Prospectus such as information about
purchasing and redeeming shares from the fund and references to
transaction fees imposed on purchases and
redemptions is not relevant to most individual
investors. Shares purchased or sold through a brokerage account
or with the assistance of a broker may be subject to brokerage
commissions and charges.
Except as explicitly described otherwise, the investment
objective, the benchmark index and the investment policies of
the fund may be changed without shareholder approval.
The funds performance will fluctuate over time and, as
with all investments, future performance may differ from past
performance.
About the fund
5
Investment objective, strategies
and risks
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones
U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
.
1
The funds investment objective is not fundamental and
therefore may be changed by the funds board of trustees
without shareholder approval.
More about
the funds principal investment risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money.
Market Risk.
Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with
any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the
value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means
that you could lose money.
Equity Risk.
The prices of equity securities rise and
fall daily. These price movements may result from factors
affecting individual companies, industries or the securities
market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results
or be negatively affected by industry
and/or
economic trends and developments. The prices of securities
issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In
addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may
cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of
time.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund primarily invests in
dividend paying stocks. As a result, fund performance will
correlate directly with the performance of the dividend paying
stock segment of the stock market, and the fund may underperform
funds that do not limit their investments to dividend paying
stocks. If stocks held by the fund reduce or stop paying
dividends, the funds ability to generate income may be
affected.
The fund is not actively managed. Therefore, the fund follows
the securities included in the index during upturns as well as
downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not
take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of
a declining market. In addition, because of the funds
expenses, the funds performance is normally below that of
the index.
Large- and Mid-Cap Risk.
Although the index
encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy,
its performance primarily reflects that of the large- and
mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and
mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market
and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies
tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies
because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse
business or economic events than larger more established
companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap
U.S. stocks fall behind other types of
investments small-cap stocks, for
instance the funds large- and mid-cap holdings
could reduce performance.
Small-Cap Risk.
Historically, small-cap stocks have
been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of
smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future
expectations rather than current achievements and may move
sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns.
Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse
business or economic events than larger, more established
companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind
other types of investments bonds or large-cap
stocks, for instance the funds performance
also will lag those investments.
Tracking Error Risk.
As an index fund, the fund
seeks to track the performance of its benchmark index, although
it may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the
performance of the fund and its benchmark index, positive or
negative, is called tracking error. Tracking error
can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For
example, the fund may not invest in certain securities in its
benchmark index, match the securities weighting to the
benchmark, or the fund may invest in securities not in the
index. Tracking error may also be attributable to regulatory,
operational, custodial or liquidity constraints; corporate
transactions; asset valuations; transaction costs and timing;
tax considerations; and index rebalancing. The fund may attempt
to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index
securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts
may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of
the fund,
1
Index
ownership Dow Jones and The Dow
Jones U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
are service marks of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings, LLC,
(Dow Jones), have been licensed to CME Group Index
Services LLC (CME), and sublicensed for use for
certain purposes by CSIM, the funds investment adviser.
Fees payable under the license are payable by CSIM. The Schwab
U.S. Dividend Equity ETF, based on The Dow Jones
U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
,
is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones or CME
and neither makes any representation regarding the advisability
of trading in such product.
6
Fund details
operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of
the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index,
because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows
and does not incur any costs.
Non-Diversification Risk.
The fund is
non-diversified, which means that it may invest in the
securities of relatively few issuers. As a result, a single
adverse economic, political or regulatory occurrence may have a
more significant effect on the funds investments, and the
fund may experience increased volatility.
Derivatives Risk.
The fund may invest in derivative
instruments. The principal types of derivatives the fund may use
are futures contracts. A futures contract is an agreement to buy
or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific
day. The funds use of derivative instruments involves
risks different from or possibly greater than the risks
associated with investing directly in securities and other
traditional investments.
The funds use of derivatives is also subject to credit
risk, leverage risk,
lack-of-availability
risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk.
Lack-of-availability
risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not
be available in all circumstances for risk management or other
purposes. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a
derivatives transaction may not fulfill its obligations.
Leverage risk is the risk that a small percentage of assets
invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger
impact on the fund. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular
derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the
risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not
correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index.
Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the
fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These
risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal
amount invested.
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity risk exists when
particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The
market for certain investments may become illiquid due to
specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular
issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions
independent of the issuer. The funds investments in
illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the fund because
it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an
advantageous time or price. Further, transactions in illiquid
securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than
those for transactions in liquid securities.
Leverage Risk.
Certain fund transactions, such as
derivatives, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose
the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect
of any decrease or increase in the value of the funds
portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the fund to
liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous
to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Securities Lending Risk.
The fund may lend its
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial
institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied,
including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund
lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will
continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities
loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the
collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of
rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral
if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes
insolvent. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging
the loan.
Concentration Risk.
To the extent that the
funds or the indexs portfolio is concentrated in the
securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of
industries, sector or asset class, the fund may be adversely
affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject
to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to
adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences
affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or
asset class.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares
of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange
officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted,
or if the activation of marketwide circuit breakers
halts stock trading generally. If the funds shares are
delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another
market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and
sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is
expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will
approximate the funds NAV, there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay
more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the
price of any exchange-traded security, includes a
bid/ask spread charged by the exchange specialist,
market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares.
The bid/ask spread on ETF shares varies over time and is
generally larger when the ETFs shares have little trading
volume or market
Fund details
7
liquidity. In addition, in times of severe market disruption,
the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times,
fund shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV,
and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of
shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most
want to sell your shares. The Adviser believes that, under
normal market conditions, large market price discounts or
premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage
opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
Portfolio
holdings
A description of the funds policies and procedures with
respect to the disclosure of the funds portfolio
securities is available in the Statement of Additional
Information.
8
Fund details
Fund
management
The investment adviser for the Schwab U.S. ETFs is Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), 211 Main
Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. Founded in 1989, the firm
today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab
Funds
®
and Laudus
Funds
®
.
The firm has more than $209 billion under management. (All
figures on this page are as of August 31, 2011.)
As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset
management and administration of the fund. As compensation for
these services, the firm receives a management fee from the
fund, expressed as a percentage of the funds average daily
net assets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
|
|
|
0.17
|
%
|
|
|
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees
approval of the funds investment advisory agreement will
be available in the funds annual
and/or
semi-annual report.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the
Adviser and the fund, the Adviser will pay the operating
expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any
brokerage expenses, and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Agnes Hong, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has
day-to-day
responsibility for the co-management of the fund. Prior to
joining the firm in September 2009, she worked for 5 years
as a portfolio manager for a major asset management firm. Prior
to that, she worked in strategy and management consulting for
five years. In addition, she also worked as a senior product
manager servicing global financial services clients.
Ferian Juwono, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has
day-to-day
responsibility for the co-management of the fund. Prior to
joining the firm in May 2010, he was a portfolio manager at a
major asset management firm for three years. Before that
position, he was a senior business analyst at major financial
firm for nearly two years. In addition, he was a senior
financial analyst at a regional banking firm for four years.
Additional information about the portfolio managers
compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers
and the portfolio managers ownership of securities in the
fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.
Distributor.
The funds Distributor is SEI
Investments Distribution Co. The Distributor, located at 1
Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456, is a broker-dealer
registered with the SEC. The Distributor distributes Creation
Units for the fund and does not maintain a secondary market in
shares of the fund.
Fund management
9
Investing in
the fund
On the following pages, you will find information on buying and
selling shares. Most investors will invest in the fund through
an intermediary by placing orders through their brokerage
account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
(Schwab) or an account with another broker/dealer or
other intermediary. Authorized Participants (as defined in
Purchase and redemption of creation units, below)
may invest directly in the fund by placing orders for Creation
Units through the funds Distributor (direct orders).
Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
Shares of the fund trade on national securities exchanges and
elsewhere during the trading day and can be bought and sold
throughout the trading day like other shares of publicly traded
securities. When buying or selling shares through a broker most
investors will incur customary brokerage commissions and
charges. In addition, you may incur the cost of the
spread that is, any difference between
the bid price and the ask price.
Shares of the
fund trade under the following trading symbol:
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
|
|
SCHD
|
Shares of the fund may be acquired or redeemed directly from the
fund only in Creation Units or multiples thereof, as discussed
in the Creation and Redemption section below. Once
created, shares of the fund trade in the secondary market in
amounts less than a Creation Unit. The fund does not impose any
minimum investment for shares of the fund purchased on an
exchange or in the secondary market. Except when aggregated in
Creation Units, shares are not redeemable by the fund.
Share
trading prices
As with other types of securities, the trading prices of shares
in the secondary market can be affected by market forces such as
supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors. The
price you pay or receive when you buy or sell your shares in the
secondary market may be more (a premium) or less (a discount)
than the NAV of such shares.
The approximate value of shares of the fund is disseminated
every fifteen seconds throughout the trading day by the national
securities exchange on which the fund is listed or by other
information providers. This approximate value should not be
viewed as a real-time update of the NAV, because the
approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as
the NAV, which is computed once per day. The approximate value
generally is determined by using current market quotations
and/or
price
quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the
portfolio securities held by the fund. The fund and Adviser are
not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or
dissemination of the approximate value and make no warranty as
to its accuracy.
Determination
of net asset value
The NAV of the funds shares is calculated as of the close
of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, generally
4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on each day the NYSE is open for
trading (each, a Business Day). NAV per share is
calculated by dividing the funds net assets by the number
of the funds shares outstanding.
In valuing its securities, the fund uses market quotes or
official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases
where quotes are not readily available, the fund may value
securities based on fair values developed using methods approved
by the funds Board of Trustees (described below).
The funds Board of Trustees has adopted procedures, which
include fair value methodologies, to fair value the funds
securities when market prices are not readily
available or are unreliable. For example, the fund may
fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its
trading is halted or suspended; when a securitys primary
pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a
securitys primary trading market is closed during regular
market hours; or when a securitys value is materially
affected by events occurring after the close of the
securitys primary trading market. By fair valuing
securities whose prices may have been affected by events
occurring after the close of trading, the fund seeks to
establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the
current sales of these securities. The funds fair value
methodologies seek to ensure that the prices at which the
funds shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do
not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to
shareholders. Generally, when fair valuing a security, the fund
will take into account all reasonably available information that
may be relevant to a particular valuation including, but not
limited to, fundamental analytical data regarding the issuer,
information relating to the issuers business, recent
trades or offers of the security, general and specific market
conditions and the specific facts giving rise to the need to
fair value the
10
Investing in the fund
security. The fund makes fair value determinations in good
faith and in accordance with the fair value methodologies
included in the Board adopted valuation procedures. Due to the
subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can
be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value
assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.
Transactions in fund shares will be priced at NAV only if you
purchase or redeem shares directly from the fund in Creation
Units. Fund shares that are purchased or sold on a national
securities exchange will be effected at prevailing market
prices, which may be higher or lower than NAV, and may be
subject to brokerage commissions and charges. As described
below, purchases and redemptions of Creation Units will be
priced at the NAV next determined after receipt of the purchase
or redemption order.
Purchase and
redemption of creation units
Creation and
redemption
The shares that trade in the secondary market are
created at NAV. The fund issues and redeems shares
only in Creation Units, which are large blocks of shares,
typically 50,000 shares or more. Only institutional
investors, who have entered into an authorized participant
agreement (known as Authorized Participants), may
purchase or redeem Creation Units. Creation Units generally are
issued and redeemed in exchange for a specified basket of
securities approximating the holdings of the fund and a
designated amount of cash. Each Business Day, prior to the
opening of trading, the fund publishes the specific securities
and designated amount of cash included in that days basket
for the fund through the National Securities Clearing
Corporation (NSCC) or other method of public
dissemination. The fund reserves the right to accept or pay out
a basket of securities or cash that differs from the published
basket. The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are
based on the next calculation of NAV after an order is received
and deemed acceptable by the Distributor. Orders from Authorized
Participants to create or redeem Creation Units will only be
accepted on a Business Day and are also subject to acceptance by
the fund and the Distributor.
Creations and redemptions must be made by an Authorized
Participant or through a firm that is either a member of the
Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC or a Depository
Trust Company participant, and in each case, must have
executed an agreement with the Distributor with respect to
creations and redemptions of Creation Unit aggregations.
Information about the procedures regarding creation and
redemption of Creation Units is included in the funds
Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
Authorized
participants and the continuous offering of shares
Because new shares may be created and issued on an ongoing
basis, at any point during the life of the fund, a
distribution, as such term is used in the Securities
Act of 1933 (Securities Act), may be occurring.
Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some
activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances,
result in them being deemed participants in a distribution in a
manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject
to the prospectus-delivery and liability provisions of the
Securities Act. Nonetheless, any determination of whether one is
an underwriter must take into account all the relevant facts and
circumstances of each particular case.
Broker-dealers should also note that dealers who are not
underwriters, but are participating in a
distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary transactions),
and thus dealing with shares that are part of an unsold
allotment within the meaning of Section 4(3)(C) of
the Securities Act, would be unable to take advantage of the
prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(3) of
the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange
members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153
under the Securities Act is only available with respect to
transactions on a national securities exchange.
Creation and
redemption transaction fees for creation units
The fund may impose a creation transaction fee and a redemption
transaction fee to offset transfer and other transaction costs
associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units of
shares. The creation and redemption transaction fees applicable
to the fund are listed below. The standard creation transaction
fee is charged to each purchaser on the day such purchaser
creates a Creation Unit. The standard fee is a single charge and
will be the amount indicated below regardless of the number of
Creation Units purchased by an investor on the same day.
Similarly, the standard redemption transaction fee will be the
amount indicated regardless of the number of Creation Units
redeemed that day. Purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units
for cash will be subject to an additional variable charge up to
the maximum amount shown in the table below. This additional
variable charge will offset the transaction costs to the fund of
buying or selling portfolio securities. In addition, purchasers
and redeemers of shares in Creation Units are responsible for
payment of the costs of transferring securities to or out of the
fund. From time to time, the Adviser may cover the cost of any
transaction fees when believed to be in the best interest of the
fund.
Investing in the fund
11
The following table shows, as of October 14, 2011, the
approximate value of one Creation Unit of the fund, including
the standard and maximum additional creation and redemption
transaction fee. These fees are payable only by investors who
purchase shares directly from the fund. Retail investors who
purchase shares through their brokerage account will not pay
these fees. Investors who use the services of a broker or other
such intermediary may pay fees for such services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Approximate
Value
|
|
Creation/Redemption
|
|
Additional
Creation
|
|
Additional
Redemption
|
Name of
Fund
|
|
of One Creation
Unit
|
|
Transaction
Fee
|
|
Transaction
Fee*
|
|
Transaction
Fee*
|
|
Schwab U.S.
Dividend Equity
ETF
tm
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
As a percentage of
total amount invested or redeemed.
|
Transaction
policies
Policy regarding short-term or excessive
trading.
The fund has adopted policies and procedures
with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Creation
Units of fund shares. However, because the fund is an ETF, only
Authorized Participants are authorized to purchase and redeem
shares directly with the fund. Because purchase and redemption
transactions with Authorized Participants are an essential part
of the ETF process and help keep ETF trading prices in line with
NAV, the fund accommodates frequent purchases and redemptions by
Authorized Participants. Frequent purchases and redemptions for
cash may increase index tracking error and portfolio transaction
costs and may lead to realization of capital gains. Frequent
in-kind creations and redemptions do not give rise to these
concerns. The fund reserves the right to reject any purchase
order at any time.
The fund reserves the right to impose restrictions on
disruptive, excessive, or short-term trading. Such trading is
defined by the fund as purchases and sales of fund shares in
amounts and frequency determined by the fund to be significant
and in a pattern of activity that can potentially be detrimental
to the fund and its shareholders, such as by diluting the value
of the shareholders holdings, increasing fund transaction
costs, disrupting portfolio management strategy, incurring
unwanted taxable gains, or forcing the fund to hold excess
levels of cash. The fund may reject purchase or redemption
orders in such instances. The fund also imposes a transaction
fee on Creation Unit transactions that is designed to offset the
funds transfer and other transaction costs associated with
the issuance and redemption of the Creation Units. Although the
fund has adopted policies and procedures designed to discourage
disruptive, excessive or short-term trading, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict
investors that engage in such activities or eliminate the risks
associated with such activities. In addition, the decisions to
restrict trading are inherently subjective and involve judgment
in their application. The fund may amend these policies and
procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to
enhance their effectiveness.
Investments by Registered Investment
Companies.
Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 restricts investments by registered
investment companies in the securities of other investment
companies, including shares of the fund. Registered investment
companies are permitted to invest in the fund beyond the limits
set forth in section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and
conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to the
Schwab Strategic Trust, including that such investment companies
enter into an agreement with the fund.
Distributions
and taxes
Any investment in the fund typically involves several tax
considerations.
The information below is meant as a
general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because
each persons tax situation is different, you should
consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your
investment in the fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the
dividends and gains your fund earns.
Dividends from net
investment income, if any, are generally declared and paid
quarterly by the fund. Distributions of net realized capital
gains, if any, generally are declared and paid once a year,
although the fund may do so more frequently as determined by the
Board of Trustees. The fund reserves the right to declare
special distributions if, in its reasonable discretion, such
action is necessary or advisable to preserve its status as a
regulated investment company or to avoid imposition of income or
excise taxes on undistributed income or realized gains.
Dividends and other distributions on shares of the fund are
distributed on a pro rata basis to beneficial owners of such
shares. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in
early November, an estimate of the funds year-end
distribution, if any, may be made available on the funds
website www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus.
12
Investing in the fund
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other
tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions
generally have tax consequences
. The funds net
investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed
as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified
dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as
long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held
your shares in the fund. Distributions generally are taxable in
the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest
them or take them in cash.
Generally, any sale of your shares is a taxable
event.
A sale of your shares may give rise to a gain or
loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain
or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year.
Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of shares
will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Absent
further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified
dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply
to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Any
loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six
months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than
short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain
distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect
to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a
taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase
other substantially identical shares within 30 days before
or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly
purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
At the beginning of every year, the fund provides
shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any
distributions the fund paid during the previous calendar
year.
Schwab customers also receive information on
distributions and transactions in their monthly account
statements.
More on qualified dividend income and
distributions.
Dividends that are designated by the
fund as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced
maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general,
dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain
foreign corporations. The fund expects that a portion of the
funds ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be
treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax
rates.
If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase
shares of the fund just before it declares a distribution, you
may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable
distribution. This is because when the fund makes a
distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the
distribution.
You can avoid buying a dividend, as it is often
called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting
until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the
opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance
outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.
Taxes on creation
and redemption of creation units
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation
Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss equal to the
difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the
time of the exchange and the sum of the exchangers
aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash
component paid. A person who redeems Creation Units will
generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference
between the exchangers basis in the Creation Units and the
sum of the aggregate market value of the securities and the
amount of cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal
Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon
an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted
currently under the rules governing wash sales, or
on the basis that there has been no significant change in
economic position. Persons exchanging securities for Creation
Units should consult a tax advisor with respect to whether wash
sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon a redemption (or
creation) of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term
capital gain or loss if the funds shares (or securities
surrendered) have been held for more than one year and as
short-term capital gain or loss if the shares (or securities
surrendered) have been held for one year or less.
If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a
confirmation statement showing how many shares you purchased or
sold and at what price. Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation
Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the
tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.
Index
provider
CME Group Index Services LLC (CME) is a full service
index provider that develops, maintains, and licenses indexes
for use as benchmarks and as the basis of investment products.
CSIM has entered into a license agreement with CME to use the
Indexes (as defined below). Fees payable under the license
agreement are paid by CSIM. CME has no obligation to continue to
provide the Indexes to CSIM beyond the term of the license
agreement.
Investing in the fund
13
Disclaimers
The Dow Jones U.S. Dividend 100
Index
sm
is a product of the Dow Jones Indexes, the marketing name and a
licensed trademark of CME, and has been licensed for use.
Dow
Jones
®
,
Dow Jones U.S. Dividend 100 Index, and
Dow Jones Indexes are service marks of Dow Jones
Trademark Holdings, LLC (Dow Jones), have been
licensed to CME and have been sublicensed for use for certain
purposes by CSIM. The fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or
promoted by Dow Jones, CME or their respective affiliates. Dow
Jones, CME and their respective affiliates make no
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of
the fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability
of investing in securities generally or in the fund
particularly. The only relationship of Dow Jones, CME or any of
their respective affiliates to CSIM and the fund is the
licensing of certain trademarks, trade names and service marks
of Dow Jones and of the Indexes, which are determined, composed
and calculated by CME without regard to CSIM or the fund. Dow
Jones and CME have no obligation to take the needs of CSIM or
the owners of the fund into consideration in determining,
composing or calculating the Indexes. Dow Jones, CME and their
respective affiliates are not responsible for and have not
participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at,
or quantities of the fund to be issued or in the determination
or calculation of the equation by which the fund is to be
converted into cash. Dow Jones, CME and their respective
affiliates have no obligation or liability in connection with
the administration, marketing or trading of the fund.
DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES DO NOT GUARANTEE
THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE INDEX OR ANY DATA
INCLUDED THEREIN AND DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR
INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS
TO BE OBTAINED BY CSIM, OWNERS OF THE FUNDS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON
OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED
THEREIN. DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAKE NO
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED
THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT
SHALL DOW JONES, CME OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES HAVE ANY
LIABILITY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE
POSSIBILITY THEREOF. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF
ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN CME AND CSIM.
Shares of the fund are not sponsored, endorsed or promoted by
NYSE Arca, Inc. NYSE Arca makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, to the owners of the shares of the fund or
any member of the public regarding the ability of the fund to
track the total return performance of its underlying index or
the ability of the underlying index to track stock market
performance. NYSE Arca is not responsible for, nor has it
participated in, the determination of the compilation or the
calculation of any underlying index, nor in the determination of
the timing of, prices of, or quantities of shares of the fund to
be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the
equation by which the shares are redeemable. NYSE Arca has no
obligation or liability to owners of the shares of the fund in
connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the
shares of the fund.
NYSE Arca shall have no liability for damages, claims, losses or
expenses caused by any errors, omissions, or delays in
calculating or disseminating any current index or portfolio
value; the current value of the portfolio of securities required
to be deposited to the fund; the amount of any dividend
equivalent payment or cash distribution to holders of shares of
the fund; net asset value; or other information relating to the
creation, redemption or trading of shares of the fund, resulting
from any negligent act or omission by NYSE Arca, or any act,
condition or cause beyond the reasonable control of NYSE Arca,
including, but not limited to, an act of God; fire; flood;
extraordinary weather conditions; war; insurrection; riot;
strike; accident; action of government; communications or power
failure; equipment or software malfunction; or any error,
omission or delay in the reporting of transactions in one or
more underlying securities. NYSE Arca makes no warranty, express
or implied, as to results to be obtained by any person or entity
from the use of any underlying index or data included therein
and NYSE Arca makes no express or implied warranties, and
disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a
particular purpose with respect to shares of the fund or any
underlying index or data included therein.
The fund and CSIM do not guarantee the accuracy
and/or
the
completeness of the index or any data included therein and shall
have no liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions
therein. The fund and CSIM make no warranty, express or implied,
as to results to be obtained by the fund, or any other person or
entity from the use of index or any data included therein. The
fund and CSIM make no express or implied warranties, and
expressly disclaims all warranties, of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the
indexes or any data included therein, without limiting any of
the foregoing, in no event shall the fund and CSIM have any
liability for any lost profits or indirect, punitive, special or
consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified
of the possibility of such damages.
14
Investing in the fund
To learn more
This prospectus
contains important information on the fund and should be read
and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information
from the following sources.
Annual and
semi-annual reports,
which are
mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about
the funds holdings and detailed financial information
about the fund. Annual reports also contain information from the
funds managers about strategies, recent market conditions
and trends and their impact on fund performance.
The
SAI
includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies
and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is
incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally
part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of
any of these documents or to request other information or ask
questions about the fund, call Schwab
ETFs
tm
at
1-800-435-4000.
In addition, you may visit Schwab ETFs web site at
www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus,
SAI or an annual or semi-annual report.
The SAI, the
funds annual and semi-annual reports and other related
materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the
SECs web site
(http://www.sec.gov).
You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a
duplicating fee, by sending a request by
e-mail
to
publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of
the SEC, Washington, D.C.
20549-1520.
You can also review and copy information about the fund,
including the funds SAI, at the SECs Public
Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-8090 for
information on the operation of the SECs Public Reference
Room.
SEC File
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab Strategic Trust
|
|
811-22311
|
Schwab
U.S. ETFs
Prospectus
October 14,
2011
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Schwab ETFs
TM
Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity ETF SCHD
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange: NYSE Arca, Inc.
October 14, 2011
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction
with the funds prospectus, dated October 14, 2011 (as amended from time to time). To obtain a free
copy of the prospectus, please contact Schwab ETFs at 1-800-435-4000. For TDD service call
1-800-345-2550. The prospectus also may be available on the Internet at:
http://www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus.
The fund is a series of the Schwab Strategic Trust (the trust). The fund is part of the Schwab
complex of funds.
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS
|
|
|
2
|
|
CONTINUOUS OFFERING
|
|
|
16
|
|
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
|
|
|
16
|
|
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
|
|
|
22
|
|
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
|
|
|
22
|
|
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
|
|
|
24
|
|
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES
|
|
|
27
|
|
PROXY VOTING
|
|
|
31
|
|
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
|
|
|
31
|
|
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES
|
|
|
32
|
|
TAXATION
|
|
|
36
|
|
APPENDIX DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
|
|
|
|
|
REG63957 00
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS
Investment Objective
The funds investment objective is not fundamental and therefore may be changed by the funds board
of trustees without shareholder approval.
The Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and
expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Dividend 100 Index
SM
.
There is no guarantee the fund will achieve its investment objective.
Description of Benchmark Index
The Dow Jones U.S. Dividend 100 Index
SM
is designed to measure the performance of high
dividend yielding stocks issued by U.S. companies that have a record of consistently paying
dividends, selected for fundamental strength relative to their peers, based on financial ratios.
The 100-component index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Market Index, excluding REITs,
master limited partnerships, preferred stocks and convertibles. It is modified market
capitalization weighted.
All index eligible stocks must have sustained at least 10 consecutive years of dividend payments,
have a minimum float-adjusted market capitalization of $500 million USD and meet minimum liquidity
criteria. The index components are then selected by evaluating the highest dividend yielding stocks
based on four fundamentals-based characteristicscash flow to total debt, return on equity,
dividend yield and 5-year dividend growth rate. Stocks in the index are weighted based on a
modified market capitalization approach. No single stock can represent more than 4.5% of the index
and no single sector can represent more than 25% of the index, as measured at the time of index
construction, reconstitution and rebalance, however a stock may represent greater than 4.5% of
the index and a single sector may represent greater than 25% of the index if market values
fluctuate between an index reconstitution or rebalance. The index composition is reviewed annually
and rebalanced quarterly.
In
addition to the index annual reconstitution, the index composition is subject to the following
quarterly review process: Components with significant negative dividend growth or negative
earnings from continuing operations over the past twelve-month period are reviewed to determine
if the affected company can sustain an appropriate dividend program to remain in the index.
If the Dow Jones Indexes Oversight Committee determines the companys dividend program is at
significant risk, the company will be removed from the index after the close of trading on the
third Friday of March, June, September or December. Components removed due to the quarterly review
process are announced approximately two weeks prior to the implementation date. There are no
replacements in the event a company is removed from the index unless it is during the annual
reconstitution in March.
Under the following circumstances, a
component stock is immediately removed from the index, independent of the annual review: The
component company is affected by a corporate action such as a delisting or bankruptcy. The
component company eliminates its dividend. There are no replacements in the event a company is
removed from the index unless it is during the annual reconstitution in March.
While the index seeks to measure the performance of high dividend yielding stocks issued by U.S.
companies that have a record of consistently paying dividends, there can be no assurance that a
stock in the index will pay a dividend. If stocks held by the fund reduce or stop paying dividends,
the funds ability to generate income may be affected.
Index Providers and Disclaimers
CME Group Index Services LLC (CME) is a full service index provider that develops, maintains, and
licenses indexes for use as benchmarks and as the basis of investment products. CSIM has entered
into a license agreement with CME to use the Indexes (as defined below). Fees payable under the
license agreement are paid by CSIM. CME has no obligation to continue to provide the Indexes to
CSIM beyond the term of the license agreement.
The Dow Jones U.S. Dividend 100 Index
SM
(the Index) is a product of Dow Jones Indexes,
the marketing name and a licensed trademark of CME Group Index Services LLC (CME), and has been
licensed for use. Dow Jones
®
, Dow Jones U.S. Dividend 100 Index
SM
and Dow Jones
Indexes are service marks of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings, LLC (Dow Jones), have been licensed
to CME and have sublicensed for use for certain purposes by CSIM. The fund is not sponsored,
endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones, CME or their respective affiliates. Dow Jones, CME and
their respective affiliates make no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners
of the fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities
generally or in the fund particularly. The only relationship of Dow Jones, CME or any of their
respective affiliates to CSIM and the fund is the licensing of certain trademarks, trade names and
service marks of Dow Jones and of the Index, which are determined, composed and calculated by CME
without regard to CSIM or the fund. Dow Jones and CME have no obligation to take the needs of CSIM
or the owners of
2
the fund into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Indexes.
Dow Jones, CME and their respective affiliates are not responsible for and have not participated in
the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the fund to be issued or in the
determination or calculation of the equation by which the fund is to be converted into cash. Dow
Jones, CME and their respective affiliates have no obligation or liability in connection with the
administration, marketing or trading of the fund.
DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE
COMPLETENESS OF THE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. DOW JONES,
CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE
OBTAINED BY CSIM, OWNERS OF THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDEX OR
ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. DOW JONES, CME AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAKE NO EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING
ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL DOW JONES, CME OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES HAVE ANY
LIABILITY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES,
EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY
AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN CME AND CSIM.
Shares of the fund are not sponsored, endorsed or promoted by NYSE Arca Inc. NYSE Arca makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the shares of the fund or any
member of the public regarding the ability of the fund to track the total return performance of any
underlying index or the ability of the underlying index to track stock market performance. NYSE
Arca is not responsible for, nor has it participated in, the determination of the compilation or
the calculation of an underlying index, nor in the determination of the timing of, prices of, or
quantities of shares of the fund to be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the
equation by which the shares are redeemable. NYSE Arca has no obligation or liability to owners of
the shares of the fund in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the shares of
the fund.
NYSE Arca shall have no liability for damages, claims, losses or expenses caused by any errors,
omissions, or delays in calculating or disseminating any current index or portfolio value the
current value of the portfolio of securities required to be deposited to the fund; the amount of
any dividend equivalent payment or cash distribution to holders of shares of the fund; net asset
value; or other information relating to the creation, redemption or trading of shares of the fund,
resulting from any negligent act or omission by NYSE Arca, or any act, condition or cause beyond
the reasonable control of NYSE Arca, including, but not limited to, an act of God; fire; flood;
extraordinary weather conditions; war; insurrection; riot; strike; accident; action of government;
communications or power failure; equipment or software malfunction; or any error, omission or delay
in the reporting of transactions in one or more underlying securities. NYSE Arca makes no warranty,
express or implied, as to results to be obtained by any person or entity from the use of any
underlying index or data included therein and NYSE Arca makes no express or implied warranties, and
disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to
shares of the fund or any underlying index or data included therein.
Fund Investment Policies
The Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its
net assets in the stocks of its benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60
days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the
amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
Investments, Risks and Limitations
3
The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the
prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies
and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or
other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a
result of the funds acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, except
with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in
values, net assets or other circumstances does not require the fund to sell an investment if it
could not then make the same investment.
Principal Investment Strategy Investments
Unless otherwise indicated, the following investments may be used as part of the funds
principal investment strategy.
Concentration
means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or
group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the
automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the
price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the
industrys securities. As part of the funds principal investment strategy, the fund will not
concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, except that the fund
will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its benchmark index concentrates in the
securities of such particular industry or group of industries.
Derivative Instruments
are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend
on (or derive from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or
commodities. These other assets are commonly referred to as underlying assets. The principal
types of derivatives the fund may use are futures contracts. The fund may use futures contracts and
other derivatives primarily to seek returns on the funds otherwise uninvested cash assets to help
it better track the index. Additional risk management strategies include investment techniques
designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, or create or alter exposure to certain
asset classes, such as equity or foreign securities. The fund may allocate up to 10% of its net
assets to derivatives investments.
Futures Contracts
are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that
obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon
price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or
otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually
agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. The fund may purchase and sell
futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates,
or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities
Future Trading Commission (CFTC) licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Consistent with
CFTC regulations, the trust has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term commodity
pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or
regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.
The fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process certain shareholder
transactions in and out of it and to pay its expenses. To reduce the effect this otherwise
uninvested cash would have on its performance, the fund may purchase futures contracts. Such
transactions allow the funds cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying
security or index on which the futures contract is based. The fund may enter into futures contracts
for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, the fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a
fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin and must be in the form
of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities.
Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as variation margin may be made daily, if
necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as
marking-to-market. The margin amount will be returned to the fund upon termination of the futures
contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are
normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures
trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, the fund will earmark or
segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal
securities laws.
4
While the fund may purchase and sell futures contracts to simulate full investment, there are risks
associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause the fund to experience
substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market
distortions, similar results would have been expected if the fund had instead transacted in the
underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a
broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, the fund incurs transaction costs (i.e.,
brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent the fund also invests in futures to
simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
Futures contracts normally require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash
value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual
obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be,
identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and
cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not
always be a liquid secondary market at the time the fund seeks to close out a futures position. If
the fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, the fund would have to
continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If the fund had
insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a
disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, the fund may be required to
make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying
securities. The fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and
selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a
liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to cash settle, the fund may
cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the
market value of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to cash
settle, however, the fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to
the funds daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the funds daily net
liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets
or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, the fund will have the
ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or
earmark assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
Diversification
involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing
the risks of investment. The fund is a series of an open-end investment management company with
limited redeemability. The fund is a non-diversified fund, which means that a relatively high
percentage of assets of the fund may be invested in the obligations of a limited number of issuers.
The value of shares of the fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or
regulatory occurrence than the value of shares of a diversified investment company.
Equity Securities
represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called stocks.
Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can
fluctuate based on changes in a companys financial condition, market conditions and political,
economic or even company-specific news. When a stocks price declines, its market value is lowered
even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as
economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or
similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.
Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities,
warrants, ADRs, EDRs, and interests in real estate investment trusts, (for more information on real
estate investment trusts, REITs, see the section entitled Real Estate Investment Trusts).
Common stocks, which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity
or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election
of the corporations directors and any other matters submitted to the corporations shareholders
for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can
fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuers earnings. In the event an
issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and
owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.
5
Preferred stocks are a permissible non-principal investment for the fund. Preferred stocks
represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights,
though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the
corporations assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over
common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified
rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of
omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital
appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of
bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes
of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding
convertible preferred stock, the fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the
option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the
same risks as common stock and debt securities.
Convertible securities are a permissible non-principal investment for the fund. Convertible
securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of
another form of security (usually the issuers common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A
convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or
the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed,
converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to
redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a
convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to
the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible
structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the
companys common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the
companys common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more
valuable.
Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same
quality and maturity because of the convertible feature. Convertible securities are also rated
below investment grade (high yield) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.
Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to
nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often
concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience
unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several
years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time,
which may adversely impact market price and the funds ability to liquidate a particular security
or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuers creditworthiness.
Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These
securities have a convertible feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity
date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential
than the issuers common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the
underlying common stock. In the event of a companys liquidation, bondholders have claims on
company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those
of common shareholders.
Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current
market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential
than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a
convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest
rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuers
convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible securitys income
potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise
when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because their conversion
value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest
rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because
of their fixed income component.
6
Warrants are a permissible non-principal investment for the fund. Warrants are types of securities
usually issued with bonds and preferred stock that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate
amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants
do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Warrants have no
voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. If
a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the fund
will lose the purchase price it paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying
security.
Exchange Traded Funds
(ETFs) such as the fund or Standard and Poors Depositary Receipts
(SPDRs) Trusts, are investment companies that typically are registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act) as an open-end fund as is the funds case or unit investment
trusts (UITs). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based
on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold through
the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares net asset value. An
index-based ETF seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the
contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are
based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market
fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have
expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When the fund invests in an ETF,
in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro
rata portion of the ETFs expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in
the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Indexing Strategies
involve tracking the securities represented in, and therefore the performance
of, an index. The fund normally will invest primarily in the securities of its index. Moreover, the
fund seeks to invest so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. The fund will
seek over time a correlation between its performance and that of its index, before fees and
expenses, of 0.95 or better. Correlation for the fund is calculated daily, according to a
mathematical formula which measures correlation between the funds portfolio and benchmark index
returns. A perfect correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the fund incurs operating and trading expenses
unlike its index.
Mid-Cap Stocks
include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that
place them between the upper and lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies
that are determined to be mid-sized based on several factors, including the capitalization of the
company and the amount of revenues. Historically, mid-cap stocks have been riskier than large-cap
stocks. Mid-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events
than larger, more established companies. Stock prices of mid-sized companies may be based in
substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply,
especially during market upturns and downturns. During a period when mid-cap stocks fall behind
other types of investments bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance the funds mid-cap holdings
could reduce performance.
Mid-cap companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and
less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Mid-cap
companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies
with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively smaller management group. In
addition, mid-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have
institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Mid-cap
company stocks may pay low or no dividends. These factors and others may cause sharp changes in
the value of a mid-cap companys stock, and even cause some mid-cap companies to fail. While
mid-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors than
large-cap stocks, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in mid-cap
stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.
Money Market Securities
are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities
such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market
securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances, notes and time
deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking
institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Bankers acceptances are
credit instruments evidencing a banks obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These
7
instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the
instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes
issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject
to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets
collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money
market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than
other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued
with puts or sold separately, sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements
that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or put
provider. When the fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if
it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed.
The fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. To reduce the effect
this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, the fund may invest in money market
securities. The fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with
its investment objective.
Bankers Acceptances
or notes are credit instruments evidencing a banks obligation to pay
a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of
the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. The fund will invest only in
bankers acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in
excess of $100 million.
Certificates of Deposit
or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking
institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. The fund will invest only
in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the
aggregate in excess of $100 million.
Commercial Paper
consists of short term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and
other institutions to finance short term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted
but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to
credit risk.
Fixed Time Deposits
are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing
interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may
be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the
remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to
transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no
market for such deposits. The fund will not invest in fixed time deposits that (1) are not subject
to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight
deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits,
repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Promissory Notes
are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a
specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These
are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are
notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Securities Lending
of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. The
fund may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, the fund may receive cash
collateral, and it may invest it in short term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only
to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies.
Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or
provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to the loaned securities may pass
with the lending of the securities.
The fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors
provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government
securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained
on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current
8
market value of the
securities loaned; (2) the fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the
securities loaned; (3) the fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned
securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed
one-third of the total assets of the fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market
value computed at the time of the loan).
Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains
the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the securitys
voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for
foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because
recalling a security may involve expenses to the fund, it is expected that the fund will do so only
where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to
the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuers corporate
governance policies or structure.
Securities of Other Investment Companies.
Investment companies generally offer investors the
advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders
money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment
companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their
shares on a continuous basis; (2) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are
usually listed on an exchange; and (3) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number
of redeemable shares. Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are
traded on exchanges.
Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance.
These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying
and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements;
and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular
investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the
investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.
The fund may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in
compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. The fund may invest in
investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or privately placed securities of
investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds.
Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered
investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make
investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for
example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the
SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g.,
commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital.
Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause the fund selling an
interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their
investors to hold their investments for at least one year.
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a
result, the extent to which the fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With
respect to investments in certain other investment companies (most typically ETFs), the fund may
rely on an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act granted by the SEC to such other
investment companies that restrict the amount of securities of those investment companies a fund
may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were
designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including
unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue
influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and
its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying
fund.
Under the terms of the exemptive order, the fund and its affiliates may not control a
non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either
directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a
company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment
is made.
9
Small-Cap Stocks
include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations
that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are
determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and
the amount of revenues. Historically, small company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by
large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-companies may have less certain growth
prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic
conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited
product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may
be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not
be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only
cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small company stocks pay low or no dividends.
These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small companys stock, and even
cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded
as large- or mid-cap stocks, and the funds positions in securities of such companies may be
substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for the
fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices to meet
redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For
these reasons and others, the value of the funds investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be
more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While
small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they
involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change
sharply during the short term and long term.
Stock Substitution Strategy
is a strategy, whereby the fund may, in certain circumstances,
substitute a similar stock for a security in its index. For example, a stock issued by a foreign
corporation and included in the funds index may not be available for purchase by the fund because
the fund does not reside in the foreign country in which the stock was issued. However, the foreign
corporation may have issued a series of stock that is sold only to foreign investors such as the
fund. In these cases, the fund may buy that issue as a substitute for the security included in its
index. The fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in stocks that are designed to substitute for
securities in its index.
U.S. Government Securities
are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some U.S. government securities, such as
those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (known as Fannie Mae), Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation (known as Freddie Mac), the Student Loan Marketing Association (known as
Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity
has with the U.S. Treasury. Others are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or
instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation.
There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S.
government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under
law. Of course U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest
securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate
changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac,
placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury
agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained
warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred
Stock Purchase Agreements (SPAs), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per
instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in
the event their liabilities exceed their assets. On May 6, 2009, the U.S. Treasury increased its
maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs to $200 billion per instrumentality. On
December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the cap on Treasurys
funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Maes
and Freddie Macs net worth through the end of 2012. At the conclusion of 2012, the remaining U.S.
Treasury commitment will then be fully available to be drawn per the terms of the SPAs. In December
10
2009, the U.S. Treasury also amended the SPAs to provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with some
additional flexibility to meet the requirement to reduce their mortgage portfolios.
The actions of the U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintain a
positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of
receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating assigned to the United States
to AA+ with a negative outlook. On August 8, 2011, S&P downgraded the long-term senior debt rating
of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to AA+ with a negative outlook. The long-term impacts of the
downgrades or the impacts of any future downgrade are unknown. However, the downgrades could have a
material adverse impact on global financial markets and worldwide economic conditions, and could
negatively impact the fund.
Non-Principal Investment Strategy Investments
The following investments may be used as part of the funds non-principal investment
strategy:
Borrowing.
The fund may borrow money from banks or through the Schwab Funds interfund borrowing and
lending facility (as described below) for any purpose in an amount up to 1/3 of the funds total
assets not including temporary borrowings of 5% or less. The fund may borrow for temporary or
emergency purposes; for example, the fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather
than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. Provisions of the 1940 Act, as
amended, require the fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including
borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an
exception for certain temporary or emergency borrowings not exceeding 5% of the funds total
assets. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other
reasons, the fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days (not
including Sundays and holidays) to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though
it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time.
The funds borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when
securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can
exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may
magnify changes in the net asset value of the funds shares and in its portfolio yield. The fund
will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value,
the fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
The fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds
for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency
purposes if it is repaid by the fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The fund may
use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the fund to
liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the funds remaining
shareholders. The fund will pay a fee to the bank for using the lines.
Delayed-Delivery Transactions
include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or
when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a
predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement
period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, the fund
assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations.
Typically, no interest will accrue to the fund until the security is delivered. The fund will
earmark or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations.
When the fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, the fund does not participate in
further gains or losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery
transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the fund could suffer losses.
11
Illiquid Securities
generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of promptly and in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the amount at which the fund has
valued the instruments. The liquidity of the funds investments is monitored under the supervision
and direction of the Board of Trustees. The fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in
illiquid securities. In the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances
cause the fund to exceed this limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of
illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
In making liquidity determinations before purchasing a particular security, the Adviser considers a
number of factors including, but not limited to: the nature and size of the security; the number of
dealers that make a market in the security; and data which indicates that a securitys price has
not changed for a period of a week or longer. After purchase, it is the Advisers policy to
maintain awareness of developments in the marketplace that could cause a change in a securitys
liquid or illiquid status. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase
agreements not maturing within seven days and certain restricted securities.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending.
The fund may borrow money from and/or lend money to other
funds/portfolios in the Schwab complex, including traditional mutual funds/portfolios not discussed
in this SAI or in the corresponding prospectus. All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes
and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate
and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure
fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. These conditions include, for
example, that the funds participation in the credit facility must be consistent with its
investment policies and limitations and organizational documents; no fund may lend to another fund
through the interfund lending facility if the loan would cause the aggregate outstanding loans
through the credit facility to exceed 15% of the lending funds current net assets at the time of
the loan; and that the funds interfund loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending
funds net assets. With respect to the fund discussed in this SAI, the fund lending to another fund
may forego gains which could have been made had those assets been invested in securities of its
applicable underlying index. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and
periodic review of the Board of Trustees.
Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements.
The fund may receive in securities that are
neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed
securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk
that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for
these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these
securities may be sold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales
could be less than those originally paid by the fund or less than what may be considered the fair
value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not
be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable
if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under
the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, the fund may be required to
bear the expenses of registration. Though the fund does not intend to purchase these securities,
they may receive such securities as a result of another transaction, such as the spin-off of a
companys subsidiary to a separate entity.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
(REITs) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in
income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage
real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An
equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties
and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for
growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage
REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long
term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the
features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or
business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter
M of the Code. To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets
in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at
least 95% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from
rents, mortgages and sales of property.
12
Like any investment in real estate, a REITs performance depends on many factors, such as its
ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and
renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which
may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions
or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies,
increased competition from nearby properties, tenants failure to pay rent, or incompetent
management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities,
uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to
casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a
REITs performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its
properties. Additionally, declines in the market value of a REIT may reflect not only depressed
real estate prices, but may also reflect the degree of leverage utilized by the REIT.
In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for
investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as
long term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and
improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates,
certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the
yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of
borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of
tenants to pay rent.
Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and
their securities can be more volatile thanand at times will perform differently fromlarge-cap
stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT
stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger
companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited
diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited
number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through the fund, a shareholder will bear
indirectly a proportionate share of the REITs expenses in addition to their proportionate share of
the funds expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of
income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.
Repurchase Agreements
are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities
(usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a
mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyers holding
period. Any repurchase agreements the fund enters into will involve the fund as the buyer and banks
or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short from overnight
to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer
maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause the fund to experience a loss or delay in the
liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. The fund also may incur
disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a
repurchase agreements seller, the fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could
experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of
income. The fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or
evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank. Repurchase
agreements are the economic equivalents of loans.
Restricted Securities
are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale.
Restricted securities may be considered to be liquid if an institutional or other market exists for
these securities. In making this determination, the fund, under the direction and supervision of
the Board of Trustees will take into account various factors, including: (1) the frequency of
trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the
security and the number of potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the
security; and (4) the nature of the security and marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to
dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). To the
extent the fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, its general level of
illiquidity may be increased if qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing
these securities.
Investment Limitations
13
The investment limitations below may be changed only by vote of a majority of the outstanding
voting securities of the applicable fund.
Under the 1940 Act, a vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more
than 50% of the outstanding shares of the fund or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a
shareholders meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in
person or by proxy.
THE FUND MAY NOT:
|
|
1)
|
|
Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration
is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption
therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to
time, except that the fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its
benchmark index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of
industries.
|
|
|
|
|
2)
|
|
Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate, lend or borrow money,
issue senior securities, underwrite securities issued by others, or pledge, mortgage or
hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by (or not prohibited by) the 1940 Act or
the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or
regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
|
|
THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS OF THE 1940 ACT MAY ASSIST INVESTORS IN UNDERSTANDING THE ABOVE POLICIES
AND RESTRICTIONS.
BORROWING. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging,
mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including
temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully
collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a senior security
within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the
purposes of the funds investment restriction.
CONCENTRATION. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment
companys total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions such as with
respect to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies
and instrumentalities, or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their
political subdivisions.
DIVERSIFICATION. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a
diversified company, as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer
(other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or
instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its
total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuers
voting securities would be held by the fund.
LENDING. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by
its investment policies.
REAL ESTATE. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment companys ability to invest in
real estate, but does require that every investment company have the fundamental investment policy
governing such investments. The fund has adopted the fundamental policy that would permit direct
investment in real estate. However, the fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that
prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed
only by vote of the funds Board of Trustees.
SENIOR SECURITIES. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an
investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits the fund from issuing
senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other
investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and
14
firm commitment agreements,
when such investments are covered or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to
cover such obligations.
UNDERWRITING. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing
securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating
in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not
make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding
underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than
investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds
25% of the value of its total assets.
THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES.
THE FUND MAY NOT:
1)
|
|
Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
|
|
2)
|
|
Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or
equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules
and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative
instruments are not considered selling securities short).
|
|
3)
|
|
Purchase securities on margin, except such short term credits as may be necessary for the
clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection
with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not
constitute purchasing securities on margin.
|
|
|
4)
|
|
Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund
lending facility, if any, and engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party provided
that such borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of
its total assets, including the amount borrowed (but not including temporary or emergency
borrowings not exceeding 5%); and (ii) may borrow an additional amount up to 5% of its assets
for temporary or emergency purposes.
|
|
|
5)
|
|
Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total
assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt
securities or repurchase agreements).
|
|
|
6)
|
|
Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its
agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of
its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the
fund may purchase securities to the extent that the index the fund is designed to track is
also so concentrated).
|
|
|
|
7)
|
|
Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real
estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies
that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (ii) purchase securities of
companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein; and (iii) purchase, sell and
enter into futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest
rates and currencies), options on futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of
securities, interest rates and currencies), warrants, swaps, forward contracts, foreign
currency spot and forward contracts or other derivative instruments.
|
|
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested
in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately
after and as a result of the funds acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted.
Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent
change in net assets or other circumstances does not require the fund to sell an investment if it
could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in
the event that a
15
subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause the fund to exceed
its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back
within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
CONTINUOUS OFFERING
The fund offers and issues shares at its net asset value per share or NAV only in aggregations of a
specified number of shares (Creation Units). The method by which Creation Units are created and
trade may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are
issued and sold by the fund on an ongoing basis, at any point a distribution, as such term is
used in the Securities Act of 1933 the (Securities Act), may occur. Broker-dealers and other
persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances,
result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them
statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability
provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes
Creation Units after placing an order with the funds distributor, breaks them down into
constituent shares, and sells such shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the
creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of
secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes
of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the
activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned
above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to
categorization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not underwriters but are effecting
transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are
required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(3)
of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d)
of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the
fund are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery
obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection
with the sale on an exchange is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the
exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available
with respect to transactions on an exchange.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The fund is overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting
shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual
arrangements and the investment performance of the fund. The fund is new, and therefore, the
trustees did not meet with respect to the fund.
Certain trustees are interested persons. A trustee is considered an interested person of the
trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of Charles Schwab
Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM) or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab). A trustee also may
be considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The
Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of CSIM.
As used herein the terms Fund Complex and Family of Investment Companies each refer
collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios,
Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust, Laudus Trust, and Laudus Institutional Trust which,
as of August 31, 2011, included 87 funds.
The tables below provide information about the trustees and officers for the trust, which includes
the fund, in this SAI. The address of each individual listed below is 211 Main Street, San
Francisco, California 94105.
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AND
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
OTHER
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE
|
|
|
|
OF
|
|
DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
|
TRUST;
|
|
|
|
PORTFOLIOS
|
|
BY
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
|
|
IN FUND
|
|
TRUSTEE DURING THE
|
LENGTH OF
|
|
DURING PAST FIVE
|
|
COMPLEX
|
|
PAST
|
TIME SERVED
1
)
|
|
YEARS
|
|
OVERSEEN
|
|
FIVE YEARS
|
Independent Trustees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns
1959
Trustee
(Trustee since 2009)
|
|
Retired. Consulting
Managing Director,
PIMCO (investment
adviser) (January 2003
December 2008);
Managing Director,
PIMCO (February 1999
December 2002);
President and Trustee,
PIMCO Funds and PIMCO
Variable Insurance
Trust (investments)
(February 1994 May
2005).
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
Independent Director
and Chairman of
Corporate
Governance/Nominating
Committee, PS
Business Parks, Inc.
(2005 present).
Trustee and member of
Nominating/Corporate
Governance Committee,
PIMCO Funds
(investment company
consisting of 84
portfolios) (1997
2008).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee and member of
Nominating/Corporate
Governance Committee,
PIMCO Variable
Insurance Trust
(investment company
consisting of 16
portfolios) (1997
2008).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee and Chairman,
PIMCO Strategic
Global Government
Fund (investment
company consisting of
one portfolio) (1997
2008).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee, PCM Fund,
Inc. (investment
company consisting of
one portfolio) (1997
2008).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
1952
Trustee
(Trustee since 2009)
|
|
Founder and Managing
Director, SS&G
Financial Services
(financial services)
(May 1987 present).
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles A. Ruffel
1956
Trustee
(Trustee since 2009)
|
|
Advisor (June 2008
present) and Chief
Executive Officer
(January 1998
January 2008), Asset
International, Inc.
(publisher of
financial services
information); Managing
Partner and
Co-Founder, Kudu
Advisors, LLC
(financial services)
(June 2008 present).
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
None.
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AND
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
OTHER
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE
|
|
|
|
OF
|
|
DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
|
TRUST;
|
|
|
|
PORTFOLIOS
|
|
BY
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
|
|
IN FUND
|
|
TRUSTEE DURING THE
|
LENGTH OF
|
|
DURING PAST FIVE
|
|
COMPLEX
|
|
PAST
|
TIME SERVED
1
)
|
|
YEARS
|
|
OVERSEEN
|
|
FIVE YEARS
|
Interested Trustee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger II
2
1960
Chairman and Trustee
(Chairman and Trustee since 2009)
|
|
As of October 2008,
President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc., and The Charles
Schwab Corporation.
Since May 2008,
Director, Charles
Schwab & Co., Inc. and
Schwab Holdings, Inc.
Since 2006, Director,
Charles Schwab Bank.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Until October 2008,
President and Chief
Operating Officer,
Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc. and The Charles
Schwab Corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From 2004 through
2007, Executive Vice
President and
President, Schwab
Investor Services.
From 2004 through
2005, Executive Vice
President and Chief
Operating Officer,
Individual Investor
Enterprise, and from
2002 through 2004,
Executive Vice
President, Corporate
Services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
|
|
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
|
|
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
|
|
|
SERVED
3
)
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
|
OFFICERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marie Chandoha
1961
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Investment Officer
Officer since 2010)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc. (Sept. 2010 present); Director,
President and Chief Executive Officer (Dec.
2010 present), Chief Investment Officer
(Sept. 2010 present), Charles Schwab
Investment Management, Inc.; President, Chief
Executive Officer, and Chief Investment
Officer, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab
ETFs (Dec. 2010 present); Global Head of
Fixed Income Business Division, BlackRock, Inc.
(formerly Barclays Global Investors) (March
2007 August 2010); Co-Head and Senior
Portfolio Manager, Wells Capital Management
(June 1999 March 2007).
|
|
|
|
George Pereira
1964
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
(Officer since 2009)
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (Nov. 2004 present), Chief Operating
Officer (Jan. 2011 present), Charles Schwab
Investment Management, Inc. (November 2004
present); Treasurer and Chief Financial
Officer, Laudus Funds (2006 present);
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer,
Schwab Funds (Nov. 2004 present) and Schwab
ETFs (Oct. 2009 present); Director, Charles
Schwab Worldwide Fund, PLC and Charles Schwab
Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (April 2005
present); Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Accounting Officer, Excelsior Funds
Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds, Inc., and
Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006- June 2007).
|
|
|
|
Omar Aguilar
1970
Senior Vice President and Chief
Investment Officer Equities
(Officer since 2011)
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment
Officer Equities, Charles Schwab Investment
Management, Inc. (April 2011 present); Senior
Vice President and Chief Investment Officer -
Equities, Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds (June
2011 present); Head of the Portfolio
Management Group and Vice President of
Portfolio Management, Financial Engines, Inc.
(May 2009 April 2011); Head of Quantitative
Equity, ING Investment Management (July 2004
Jan. 2009).
|
18
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
|
|
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
|
|
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
|
|
|
SERVED
3
)
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
|
Brett Wander
1961
Senior Vice President and Chief
Investment Officer Fixed Income
(Officer since 2011)
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment
Officer Fixed Income, Charles Schwab
Investment Management, Inc. (April 2011
present); Senior Vice President and Chief
Investment Officer Fixed Income, Schwab Funds
and Laudus Funds (June 2011 present); Senior
Managing Director, Global Head of Active
Fixed-Income Strategies, State Street Global
Advisors (Jan. 2008 Oct. 2010); Director of
Alpha Strategies Loomis, Sayles & Company
(April 2006 Jan. 2008); Managing Director,
Head of Market-Based Strategies State Street
Research (August 2003 Jan. 2005).
|
|
|
|
David Lekich
1964
Secretary
(Officer since 2011)
|
|
Senior Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc., Charles Schwab Investment Management Inc.
(Oct. 2011 present); Senior Vice President,
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., (March 2004 Oct.
2011) and Charles Schwab Investment Management,
Inc. (Jan 2011 Oct. 2011); Secretary, Schwab
Funds (April 2011 present); Vice President
and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds (April 2011-
present); Secretary, Schwab ETFs (May 2011
present).
|
|
|
|
Catherine MacGregor
1964
Vice President
(Officer since 2009)
|
|
Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.,
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
(July 2005-present); Vice President (Dec.
2005-present), Chief Legal Officer and Clerk
(March 2007-present), Laudus Funds; Vice
President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab Funds
(June 2007 present) and Schwab ETFs (Oct.
2009-present).
|
|
|
|
Michael Haydel
1972
Vice President
(Officer since 2009)
|
|
Senior Vice President (March 2011 present),
Vice President (2004 March 2011), Asset
Management Client Services, Charles Schwab &
Co., Inc.; Vice President (Sept. 2005-present),
Anti-Money Laundering Officer (Oct. 2005-Feb.
2009), Laudus Funds; Vice President, Schwab
Funds (June 2007 present) and Schwab ETFs
(Oct. 2009-present).
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Each Trustee shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her
successor, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed. The Trusts retirement policy
requires that independent trustees retire by December 31 of the year in which the Trustee
turns 72 or the Trustees twentieth year of service as an independent trustee, whichever
comes first.
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Mr. Bettinger is an Interested Trustee because he is an employee of Schwab and/or the
investment adviser. In addition to his employment with the investment adviser and Schwab,
Mr. Bettinger also owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation.
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
The President, Treasurer and Secretary hold office until their respective successors
are chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes
disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.
|
|
Board of Trustees Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Board of Trustees of the trust is responsible for oversight of the management of the fund,
which includes oversight of service providers to the fund, such as the funds investment adviser.
The Chairman of the Board of Trustees, Walter W. Bettinger, II, is Chief Executive Officer of The
Charles Schwab Corporation and an interested person of the fund as that term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940. The fund does not have a single lead independent trustee. The
Board of Trustees is comprised of a super-majority (75 percent) of trustees who are not interested
persons of the fund (i.e., independent trustees). There is an Audit and Compliance Committee of
the Board that is chaired by an independent trustee and comprised solely of independent trustees.
The Audit and Compliance Committee chair presides at Committee meetings, participates in
formulating agendas for those meetings, and coordinates with management to serve as a liaison
19
between the independent trustees and management on matters within the scope of the responsibilities
of the Committee as set forth in its Board-approved charter. The fund has determined that this
leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the
fund. The fund made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the
independent trustees of the fund constitute a super-majority of the Board, the number of funds
overseen by the Board, and the total number of trustees on the Board.
Like most mutual funds, fund management and its other service providers have responsibility for
day-to-day risk management for the funds. The Board, as part of its overall oversight
responsibilities for fund operations, oversees the risk management efforts of fund management and
service providers with respect to the fund. The Boards role in the risk oversight of the fund,
fund management and the funds service providers consists of monitoring risks identified during
regular and special reports to the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board, as well as regular
and special reports to the full Board. In addition to monitoring such risks, the Audit and
Compliance Committee and the Board oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage
risks to which the fund may be exposed. For example, the Audit and Compliance Committee meets with
the funds Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer and receives regular reports
regarding compliance risks, operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of
portfolio securities. The Investment Oversight Committee and the full Board meets with portfolio
managers and other members of management and receives reports regarding investment risks of the
portfolios and risks related to distribution of the funds shares. From their review of these
reports and discussions with management, the Committees and Board receive information about the
material risks of the fund and about how management and service providers mitigate those risks.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the fund can be identified nor can
processes and controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of certain
risks; some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of the fund, its management, and its
service providers. Although the risk oversight functions of the Board, and the risk management
policies of fund management and fund service providers, are designed to be effective, there is no
guarantee that they will eliminate or mitigate all risks. In addition, it may be necessary to bear
certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the funds investment objective. As a
result of the foregoing and other factors, the funds ability to manage risk is subject to
significant limitations.
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the trustees should initially and continue to serve on the
board because of (i) their ability to review and understand information about the funds provided to
them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the
performance of their duties, to question management regarding material factors bearing on the
management of the funds, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best
interests of the funds shareholders and (ii) the trustees experience, qualifications, attributes
and skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Bettinger should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he has gained as president and chief executive officer of The Charles Schwab
Corporation, his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry, and the experience
he has gained serving as trustee of the funds since 2009 and of the Schwab Funds since 2008.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Burns should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he gained serving as a former managing director of a mutual fund management company and
former president and trustee of certain mutual funds managed by that company, his experience in and
knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee
of the funds since 2009.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Goldfarb should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he has gained as founder of a financial services and independent public accounting firm,
his experience in and knowledge of public company accounting and auditing, and the experience he
has gained serving as trustee of the funds since 2009.
20
The Board has concluded that Mr. Ruffel should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he gained as the founder and former chief executive officer of a publisher and
information services firm specializing in the retirement plan industry, his experience in and
knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee
of the funds since 2009.
In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary
individual skills and experience of the individual trustees primarily in the broader context of the
Boards overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and
appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the funds. Moreover,
references to the qualifications, attributes and skills of trustees are pursuant to requirements of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any trustee
as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not be deemed to impose any greater
responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
Trustee Committees
The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with
respect to those committees, each as described below.
The trust has a standing Audit and Compliance Committee. The function of the Audit and Compliance
Committee is to provide oversight responsibility for the integrity of the trusts financial
reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and for the trusts overall
system of internal controls. This Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Trustees. The
charter directs that the Audit and Compliance Committee must meet 4 times annually, with additional
meetings as the Audit and Compliance Committee deems appropriate. The fund is new, and therefore,
the Committee did not meet with respect to the fund.
The trust also has a Nominating Committee that is composed of all the Independent Trustees, which
meets as often as deemed appropriate by the Nominating Committee for the primary purpose of
selecting and nominating candidates to serve as members of the Board of Trustees. The Nominating
Committee does not have a policy with respect to consideration of candidates for Trustee submitted
by shareholders. However, if the Nominating Committee determined that it would be in the best
interests of the trust to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, and a shareholder submitted a
candidate for consideration by the Board of Trustees to fill the vacancy, the Nominating Committee
would evaluate that candidate in the same manner as it evaluates nominees indentified by the
Governance Committee. The charter directs that the Nominating Committee meet at such times and
with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Nominating Committee. The fund is
new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the fund.
Trustee Compensation
The following table provides estimated trustee compensation for the fiscal year ending August 31,
2012.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension or
|
|
|
|
|
($)
|
|
Retirement
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Accrued as Part of Fund
|
|
Compensation
|
Name of Trustee
|
|
From the Trust*:
|
|
Expenses
|
|
from Fund Complex
|
INTERESTED TRUSTEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walt Bettinger
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Charles A Ruffel
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Estimated total compensation based on a full fiscal year for all funds of the trust.
|
21
Securities Beneficially Owned By Each Trustee
The following table provides each trustees equity ownership of the fund and ownership of all
registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as
of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
Range of Trustee
|
|
|
Schwab
|
|
Ownership in the
|
|
|
U.S. Dividend Equity
|
|
Family of Investment
|
Name of Trustee
|
|
ETF
|
|
Companies
|
Interested Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger II
|
|
None
|
|
Over $100,000
|
Independent Trustees
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
Charles A Ruffel
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
Code of Ethics
The fund, the investment adviser and the distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics as required under
the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Codes of Ethics permit the
trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the fund or the investment adviser or
the directors or officers of the distributor to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for
their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. Securities
transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the entitys Chief
Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting
and review requirements.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
As of October 14, 2011, the officers and trustees of the trust, as a group owned, of record or
beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the fund.
As of October 14, 2011, no persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of
the outstanding shares of the fund.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Adviser
CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, 211 Main Street, San Francisco
CA 94105, serves as the funds investment adviser pursuant to Investment Advisory Agreements
(Advisory Agreement) between it and the trust. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman and
Director of the Charles Schwab Corporation. As a result of his ownership and interests in The
Charles Schwab Corporation, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of CSIM.
22
Advisory Agreement
The funds Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved initially for a 2 year term, and after
the expiration of the 2 year term, at least annually thereafter (1) by the vote of the trustees or
by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who
are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any party (the Independent
Trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each year, the Board of Trustees will call and hold a meeting to decide whether to renew the
Advisory Agreement between the trust and CSIM with respect to any existing funds in the trust. In
preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by
the funds investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties.
As described below, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a fee from the fund, payable
monthly, for its advisory and administrative services to the fund. As compensation for these
services, the firm receives a management fee from the fund expressed as a percentage of the funds
average daily net assets.
|
|
|
|
|
FUND
|
|
FEE
|
Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity ETF
|
|
|
0.17
|
%
|
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for substantially all expenses of
the fund, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and
other services, but excluding interest expense and taxes, brokerage expenses and extraordinary or
non-routine expenses.
Distributor
SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the Distributor) is the principal underwriter and distributor
of shares of the fund. Its principal address is 1 Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456. The
Distributor has entered into an agreement with the trust pursuant to which it distributes shares of
the fund (the Distribution Agreement). The Distributor continually distributes shares of the fund
on a best effort basis. The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of fund
shares. The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is
renewable annually thereafter in accordance with the 1940 Act. Shares are continuously offered for
sale by the fund through the Distributor only in Creation Units, as described in the funds
prospectuses. Shares in less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. The
Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of
the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The Distributor is not affiliated with the trust,
CSIM, or any stock exchange.
The Distribution Agreement provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of
any penalty, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party. The Distribution
Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940
Act).
Transfer Agent
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the
funds transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the
sale, redemption and transfer of the funds shares.
Custodian and Fund Accountants
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as
custodian and accountant for the fund.
23
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the
fund. The funds accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds transactions.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The funds independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audits and
reports on the annual financial statements of the fund and reviews certain regulatory reports and
the funds federal income tax return. They also perform other professional, accounting, auditing,
tax and advisory services when the trust engages them to do so. Their address is Three Embarcadero
Center, San Francisco, CA 94111-4004.
Legal Counsel
Dechert LLP represents the trust with respect to certain legal matters.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts
. Each portfolio manager (collectively referred to as the Portfolio
Managers) is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.
The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information
below is provided as of August 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registered Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(this amount does not include
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the fund in this Statement of
|
|
Other Pooled
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Information)
|
|
Investment Vehicles
|
|
Other Accounts
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Assets
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Total Assets
|
Agnes Hong
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
3,791,757,274
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Ferian Juwono
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
3,791,757,274
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Conflicts of Interest
. A Portfolio Managers management of other accounts may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of the funds
investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other
accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the Other
Managed Accounts). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as the
fund, track the same index the fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are
eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by the fund. While the Portfolio Managers management of
Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does
not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are
material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those
conflicts in an appropriate way.
Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades
. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a
result of the Portfolio Managers day-to-day management of the fund. Because of their positions
with the fund, the Portfolio Managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund
trades. It is theoretically possible that the Portfolio Managers could use this information to the
advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of the fund.
However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment
opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to an index fund,
which seeks to track its benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it
is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the Portfolio Managers may aggregate
trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts,
with those of the fund. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIMs aggregation and allocation
policy and
24
procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a Portfolio Manager will not aggregate
orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best
execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that
participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all
transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed
in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance
with the size of each accounts order.
Investment Opportunities
. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio
Managers management of the fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to
allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over the fund,
which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the Portfolio Managers
receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed
Accounts than the fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIMs policy
to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as
discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate
investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with
each accounts investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the Portfolio
Managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from
securities bought for the fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account
that they are otherwise buying for the fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such
an approach might not be suitable for the fund given its investment objectives and related
restrictions.
Compensation.
Schwab compensates each CSIM Portfolio Manager for his or her
management of the fund. Each portfolio managers compensation consists of a fixed annual (base)
salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable
for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the
individual portfolio managers overall performance such as the portfolio managers contribution to
the investment process, good corporate citizenship, risk management and mitigation, and functioning
as an active contributor to the firms success. The discretionary bonus is determined in
accordance with the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager Incentive Plan (the Plan),
which is designed to reward consistent and superior investment performance relative to established
benchmarks and/or industry peer groups. The Plan is an annual incentive plan that, at the
discretion of Executive Management, provides quarterly advances against the corporate component of
the Plan at a fixed rate that is standard for the employees level. Meanwhile, the portion of the
incentive tied to fund performance is paid in its entirety following the end of the Plan year
(i.e., the Plan does not provide advances against the portion of the Plan tied to fund performance)
at managements discretion based on their determination of whether funds are available under the
Plan as well as factors such as the portfolio managers contribution to the investment process,
good corporate citizenship, risk management and mitigation, and functioning as an active
contributor to the firms success.
|
|
|
|
Incentive Funding
|
|
There are two independent funding components for the CSIM
Equity/Fixed Income Portfolio Manager Incentive Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75% of the funding is based on equal weighting of
Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and
Mitigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25% of the funding is based on Corporate results
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Fund Performance:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Fund Performance will be determined based on each
funds performance in comparison to the funds industry peer
group, category ranking, or benchmark. Maximum funding for
the Investment Fund Performance component occurs at specified
levels as described below. Fund performance above these
levels does not result in any additional funding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Passive Strategies
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Fund Performance for funds with passive investment
strategies will be measured by comparing gross performance to
the funds designated benchmark. The methodology will
utilize ex-ante tracking-error as set by the CSIM Investment
Committee and reflect incentives to perform similar to the
fund benchmark and minimize fund tracking-error. Maximum
funding occurs if performance is within a specified range of
the benchmark
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
performance. Funding decreases as performance
deviates from that range.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Strategy: Peer Group and Category
Performance will be measured relative to the funds benchmark
on a sliding scale with maximum funding at the
75
th
percentile of peer group or category
performance and 95% funding at the 50
th
percentile
of peer group or category performance. Peer groups and
categories will be reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that
fund performance comparisons are accurate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Strategy: Benchmark
Performance will be measured relative to the funds benchmark
on a sliding scale with maximum funding occurring at a level
determined by using annual ex-ante tracking-error guidelines,
as set by the CSIM Investment Committee, multiplied by an
information ratio of .7 for equities and .6 for fixed income
funds. The information ratios of .7 for equities and .6 for
fixed income have historically resulted in funds performing
in the top one third of their categories. The information
ratio is a measure of the risk-adjusted return of a financial
security (or asset or portfolio). It is defined as expected
active return divided by tracking error, where active return
is the difference between the return of the security and the
return of a selected benchmark index, and tracking error is
the standard deviation of the active return.
|
|
|
Incentive Funding
(Continued)
|
|
Calculations for Investment Fund Performance:
At the close of the year, the funds performance will be determined by its
1-year, 1 and 2-year, or 1 and 3-year percentile standing within its
designated benchmark, peer group, or category using standard statistical
methods approved by CSIM senior management. Fund Performance measurements
may be changed or modified at the discretion of the CSIM President and CSIM
Chief Operating Officer. As each participant may manage and/or support a
number of funds, there may be several funds considered in arriving at the
incentive compensation funding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Management and Mitigation:
Risk Management and Mitigation will be rated by CSIMs Chief Investment
Officer, CSIMs Head of Investment Risk, CSIMs Chief Legal Officer, CSIMs
Chief Compliance Officer and CSIMs Head of Operations Risk (or individuals
with comparable responsibilities). Factors they will consider will include,
but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balancing safety of fund principal with appropriate limits that
provide investment flexibility given existing market conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Making timely sell recommendations to avoid significant deterioration
of value resulting from the weakening condition of the issuer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Escalating operating events and errors for prompt resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identifying largest risks and actively discussing with management
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accurately validating fund information disseminated to the public
(e.g., Annual and Semi-Annual reports, fund fact sheets, fund prospectus)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executing transactions timely and without material trade errors that
result in losses to the fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ensuring ongoing compliance with prospectus and investment policy
guidelines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimizing fund compliance exceptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actively following up and resolving compliance exceptions
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Performance (25% weight)
The Corporate Bonus Plan is an annual bonus plan that provides discretionary
awards based on the financial performance of The Charles Schwab Corporation
(CSC) during the annual performance period. Quarterly advances may be
paid for the first three quarters. Allocations are discretionary and aligned
with CSC and individual performance. Funding for the Plan is determined at
the conclusion of the calendar year. Funding will be capped at 200% of
target.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation
|
|
At year-end, the full-year funding for both components of the Plan will
be pooled together. The total pool is allocated to Plan participants
by CSIM senior management based on their assessment of a variety of
performance factors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Factors considered in Managements allocation process will include
objective and subjective factors that will take into consideration
total performance and will include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
Fund
performance relative to performance measure,
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management and mitigation,
|
|
|
|
|
Individual performance against key objectives,
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution to overall group results,
|
|
|
|
|
Functioning as an active contributor to the firms success,
|
|
|
|
|
Team work,
|
|
|
|
|
Collaboration between Analysts and portfolio managers,
|
|
|
|
|
Regulatory/Compliance management.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Final bonus awards are approved by the SVP, Portfolio Management, SVP,
CSIM Finance, and the President, CSIM.
|
|
|
|
Performance Period
and Payment Cycle
|
|
This is an annual Plan that may pay quarterly advances on the Corporate
Performance component at a rate determined by Executive Management.
Meanwhile, the portion of the incentive tied to personal performance is
paid in its entirety following the end of the Plan year.
|
|
|
|
|
At year-end, an annual bonus based on full year results is calculated
for and allocated to all eligible Plan participants.
|
|
The Portfolio Managers compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in the funds
portfolio. Ms. Hong and Mr. Juwono are compensated under the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio
Management Incentive Plan.
Ownership of Fund Shares.
Because the fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of
this SAI, no information regarding the Portfolio Managers beneficial ownership of shares of the
fund has been included. This information will appear in a future version of the SAI.
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES
Portfolio Turnover
For reporting purposes, the funds portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of
purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly
average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the
calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less
(short-term securities) are excluded.
27
A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from
short-term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.
Typically, funds with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains
and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions. Because this is a new fund there is no
portfolio turnover rate.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The funds Board of Trustees has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and
circumstances regarding the disclosure of funds portfolio holdings information to shareholders and
third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information
regarding the funds portfolio securities is in the best interests of funds shareholders, and
include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds shareholders, on the
one hand, and those of the funds investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated
person of the fund, its investment adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to
such procedures, the Board has authorized the president of the fund to authorize the release of the
funds portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing
the implementation and enforcement of the funds policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance
Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning
any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually,
regarding entities who may receive portfolio holdings information not available to other current or
prospective fund shareholders in connection with the dissemination of information necessary for
transactions in Creation Units, as contemplated by the exemptive relief and as discussed below.
The fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings with the SEC within
60-80 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and will provide that information to shareholders
as required by federal securities laws and regulations thereunder. The fund may, however,
voluntarily disclose all or part of its portfolio holdings other than in connection with the
creation/redemption process, as discussed above, in advance of required filings with the SEC,
provided that such information is made generally available to all shareholders and other interested
parties in a manner that is consistent with the above policy for disclosure of portfolio holdings
information. Such information may be made available through a publicly-available website or other
means that make the information available to all likely interested parties contemporaneously.
The fund may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and
more frequently than the public disclosure of such information (early disclosure). The president
of the fund may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at
differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the president of the fund
determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the fund and that there are no conflicts
of interest between the funds shareholders and funds adviser and distributor; and (b) the
recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the
confidentiality of the information.
In addition, the funds service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser,
distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, auditor, proxy voting service
provider, pricing information venders, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive early
disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services
they perform for the fund. Service providers will be subject to a duty of confidentiality with
respect to any portfolio holdings information whether imposed by the provisions of the service
providers contract with the trust or by the nature of its relationship with the trust.
Further, each business day, the funds portfolio holdings information is provided to the
Distributor or other agent for dissemination through the facilities of the National Securities
Clearing Corporation (NSCC) and/or other fee-based subscription services to NSCC members and/or
subscribers to those other fee-based subscription services, including Authorized Participants (as
defined below), and to entities that publish and/or analyze such information in connection with
28
the process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units or trading shares of funds in the secondary
market. This information typically reflects the funds anticipated holdings on the following
business day.
In addition, the fund discloses its portfolio holdings and the percentages they represent of the
funds net assets at least monthly, and as often as each day the fund is open for business, at
www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus.
Portfolio holdings information made available in connection with the creation/redemption process
may be provided to other entities that provide services to the fund in the ordinary course of
business after it has been disseminated to the NSCC.
The funds policies and procedures prohibit the fund, the funds investment adviser or any related
party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of
portfolio holdings information.
The fund may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about
the characteristics of the fund in connection with or relating to the fund or its portfolio
securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure
does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund
(which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does
not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio
securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith
determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most
cases commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient
in making a decision concerning the fund. Commentary and analysis includes, but is not limited to,
the allocation of the funds portfolio securities and other investments among various asset
classes, sectors, industries, and countries, the characteristics of the stock components and other
investments of the fund, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry and
country, and the volatility characteristics of the fund.
Portfolio Transactions
The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio
securities on behalf of the fund. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these
decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and
portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless
principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a
commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted
with the issuer, the issuers underwriter, or a dealer. The fund does not usually pay brokerage
commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities
generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not
disclosed separately. The prices the fund pays to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually
include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who
are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money
market securities in which the fund may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market
on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is
expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the fund will primarily
consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.
The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds portfolio transactions.
The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to
execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution
price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character
of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of
the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities;
willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call;
ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or
products; whether a broker guarantees that the fund will receive, on
29
aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to
market-on-close pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that the fund
will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or
portion thereof) when the investment adviser believe that VWAP execution is in the funds best
interest. In addition, the investment adviser has incentive sharing arrangements with certain
unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes
transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive,
in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual
execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.
The investment adviser may cause the fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from
other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment
adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In
addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services
or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with
applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may
include: economic, industry, or company research reports or investment recommendations;
subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities
prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation equipment and
services; research or analytical computer software and services; products or services that assist
in effecting transactions, including services of third-party computer systems developers directly
related to research and brokerage activities; and effecting securities transactions and performing
functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). The investment adviser may use
research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all fund accounts, and not all
services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to
the broker or dealer providing such services.
The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a research and
a non-research use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation,
under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The
percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with fund commissions
or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the
service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the
investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser believe that
the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and
non-research uses.
The investment adviser may purchase for the fund, new issues of securities in a fixed price
offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in
addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in
accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally,
the seller will provide research credits in these situations at a rate that is higher than that
which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall
within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other
alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other
alternative trading systems may enable the fund to trade directly with other institutional holders.
At times, this may allow the fund to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a
single market maker.
The investment adviser may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The
investment adviser will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is
consistent with its duty to seek best execution for the affected fund and is consistent with the
terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which
purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of the fund are aggregated with
other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction
will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of
the fund.
In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its
broker for executing orders for the fund on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows
procedures, adopted by the funds Board of
30
Trustees, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are
reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable
transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions
involving affiliated brokers quarterly.
PROXY VOTING
The Board of Trustees of the trust has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM
through their Advisory Agreement. The Trustees have adopted CSIMs Proxy Voting Policy and
Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Fund portfolios. A
description of CSIMs Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in the Appendix.
The trust is required to disclose annually the funds complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX.
The funds proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th will be
available by visiting the Schwab ETFs website at www.schwab.etfs.com/prospectus. The funds Form
N-PX will also be available on the SECs website at www.sec.gov.
Brokerage Commissions
The fund is new and, therefore, for each of the last three fiscal years, the fund paid no brokerage
commissions.
Regular Broker-Dealers
The funds regular broker-dealers during its most recent fiscal year are: (1) the ten
broker-dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from the fund; (2)
the ten broker-dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio
transactions; and (3) the ten broker-dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of the funds
shares. The fund is new and, therefore, has not purchased securities issued by any regular
broker-dealers.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
The fund is a series of Schwab Strategic Trust, an open-end investment management company organized
as a Delaware statutory trust on January 27, 2009.
The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Trust may, however,
be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each series
of the Trust or by the vote of the Trustees.
Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (with fractional votes for
fractional shares held) and will vote (to the extent provided on the Declaration of Trust) in the
election of Trustees and the termination of the Trust and on other matters submitted to the vote of
shareholders. Shareholders will vote by individual series on all matters except (i) when required
by the 1940 Act, shares shall be voted in the aggregate and not by individual series and (ii) when
the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more series, then
only shareholders of such series shall be entitled to vote thereon. Shareholders of one series
shall not be entitled to vote on matters exclusively affecting another series, such matters
including, without limitation, the adoption of or change in any fundamental policies or
restrictions of the other series and the approval of the investment advisory contracts of the other
series.
There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, except
that in accordance with the 1940 Act (i) the Trust will hold a shareholders meeting for the
election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been
elected by shareholders, and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy in the Board of Trustees, less than
two-thirds of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the shareholders, that vacancy may
only be filled by a vote of the shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a
written consent signed by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares and filed with the
Trusts custodian or by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares at a meeting
duly called for the purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written
31
request of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Except as set forth above,
the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees. Voting rights are
not cumulative.
The Trust may, without shareholder vote, restate, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of
Trust. Shareholders shall have the right to vote on any amendment that could affect their right to
vote, any amendment to the Amendments section, any amendment for which shareholder vote may be
required by applicable law or by the Trusts registration statement filed with the SEC, and on any
amendment submitted to them by the Trustees.
Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or
another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and
conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the
Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such
reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without the approval of shareholders of any series.
Shareholders wishing to submit proposals for inclusion in a proxy statement for a future
shareholder meeting should send their written submissions to the Trust at 1 Freedom Valley Drive,
Oaks, PA 19456. Proposals must be received a reasonable time in advance of a proxy solicitation to
be included. Submission of a proposal does not guarantee inclusion in a proxy statement because
proposals must comply with certain federal securities regulations.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES
CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
The fund is open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open (Business Days). The
NYSEs trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. Eastern time until 4:00 p.m. Eastern
time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the
NYSEs trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for
2010 2011: New Years Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial
Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Only orders that are received
and deemed acceptable by the Distributor no later than the time specified by the Trust will be
executed that day at the funds share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes
early, the fund reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must
be received by the Distributor that day to be executed that day at that days share price.
Creation
. The trust issues and sells shares of the fund only in Creation Units on a continuous
basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt, on
any Business Day, for an order received and deemed acceptable by the Distributor.
Fund Deposit
. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the fund may consist of (i) the
in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of the
fund (the Deposit Securities), and an amount of cash denominated in U.S. Dollars (the Cash
Component) computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component
constitute the Fund Deposit, which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment
amount for a Creation Unit of the fund.
The fund may accept a basket of money market instruments, non-U.S. currency or cash denominated in
U.S. dollars that differs from the composition of the published basket. The fund may permit or
require the consideration for Creation Units to consist solely of cash or non-U.S. currency. The
fund may permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash denominated in U.S. Dollars (i.e.,
a cash in lieu amount) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. For
example, the trust reserves the right to permit or require a cash in lieu amount where the
delivery of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant (as described below) would be
restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the
Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized
Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws, or in certain other situations.
32
The Cash Component is sometimes also referred to as the Balancing Amount. The Cash Component
serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the
value of the Deposit Securities. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per
Creation Unit exceeds the value of the Deposit Securities), the creator will deliver the Cash
Component. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than
the value of the Deposit Securities), the creator will receive the Cash Component. Computation of
the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty tax or other similar fees and expenses payable upon
transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, which shall be the sole responsibility
of the Authorized Participant.
The identity and amount of Deposit Securities and Cash Component for the fund changes as the
composition of the funds portfolio changes and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action
events are reflected from time to time by CSIM with a view to the investment objective of the fund.
The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the
weighting or composition of the component securities of the funds benchmark index. The fund also
reserves the right to include or remove Deposit Securities from the basket in contemplation of
index rebalancing changes.
The fund or its agent, through the NSCC or otherwise, makes available on each Business Day, prior
to the opening of business on the NYSE Arca, Inc. Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the
current Fund Deposit for the fund. Such Deposit Securities are applicable, subject to any
adjustments, in order to effect creations of Creation Units of the fund until such time as the
next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities is made available.
Procedures for Creation of Creation Units
. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor and
to create a Creation Unit of the fund, an entity must be a Depository Trust Company (DTC)
participant, such as a broker-dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation or certain other
organization, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC (each a DTC Participant). DTC
acts as securities depositary for the shares. The DTC Participant must have executed an agreement
with the Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (Participant
Agreement). A DTC Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement is referred to as an
Authorized Participant. Investors should contact the Distributor for the names of Authorized
Participants that have signed a Participant Agreement. All shares of the fund, however created,
will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on
behalf of, DTC.
All orders to create shares must be placed for one or more Creation Units. Orders must be
transmitted by an Authorized Participant pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant
Agreement. The date on which an order to create Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation
Units, as discussed below) is placed is referred to as the Transmittal Date. Orders must be
transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to
the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, as described below.
Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede
the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.
On days when the New York Stock Exchange or U.S. or non-U.S. bond markets close earlier than
normal, the fund may require purchase orders to be placed earlier in the day. All questions as to
the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including
time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the trust, whose
determination shall be final and binding.
If the Distributor does not receive both the required Deposit Securities and the Cash Component by
the specified time on the settlement date, the trust may cancel or revoke acceptance of such order.
Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled or revoked order may be resubmitted the
following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV
of the fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the
settlement date.
33
Creation Units may be created in advance of receipt by the trust of all or a portion of the
applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will
have a value greater than the NAV of the shares on the date the order is placed since, in addition
to available Deposit Securities, U.S. cash (or an equivalent amount of non-U.S. currency) must be
deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) at least 110%, which
the trust may change from time to time, of the market value of the undelivered Deposit Securities
(the Additional Cash Deposit) with the fund pending delivery of any missing Deposit Securities.
The Authorized Participant must deposit with the custodian the appropriate amount of federal funds
by 10:00 a.m. New York time (or such other time as specified by the trust) on the settlement date.
If the Distributor does not receive the Additional Cash Deposit in the appropriate amount by such
time, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to
the fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of U.S. cash (or an
equivalent amount of non-U.S. currency) shall be required to be deposited with the Distributor,
pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the
Additional Cash Deposit with the trust in an amount at least equal to 110% or 115% as required,
which the trust may change from time to time, of the daily marked to market value of the missing
Deposit Securities. To the extent that missing Deposit Securities are not received by the specified
time on the settlement date, or in the event a marked-to-market payment is not made within one
Business Day following notification by the Distributor that such a payment is required, the trust
may use the cash on deposit to purchase the missing Deposit Securities. The Authorized Participant
will be liable to the trust for the costs incurred by the trust in connection with any such
purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of
the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the transmittal date
plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The trust will
return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities
have been properly received by the Distributor or purchased by the trust and deposited into the
trust. In addition, a transaction fee, as listed below, will be charged in all cases.
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units
. The trust reserves the absolute right to reject or revoke
acceptance of a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of the fund. For
example, the trust may reject or revoke acceptance of an order, if (i) the order does not conform
to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the
shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the fund; (iii) the
Deposit Securities delivered are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that
date by the fund as described above; (iv) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain
adverse tax consequences to the fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of
counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the
trust or CSIM, have an adverse effect on the trust or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) in
the event that circumstances outside the control of the trust, the custodian, the Distributor or
CSIM make it for all practical purposes impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such
circumstances include natural disaster, war, revolution; public service or utility problems such as
fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and
computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures
involving computer or other information systems affecting the trust, CSIM, the Distributor, DTC,
NSCC, custodian (or sub-custodian) or any other participant in the creation process, and similar
extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or
the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of
the order of such person. The trust, custodian (or sub-custodian) and the Distributor are under no
duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund
Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.
Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee
. The fund may impose a Transaction Fee on investors
purchasing or redeeming Creation Units. The Transaction Fee will be limited to amounts that have
been determined by CSIM to be appropriate. The purpose of the Transaction Fee is to protect the
existing shareholders of the fund from the dilutive costs associated with the purchase and
redemption of Creation Units. Where the fund permits cash creations (or redemptions) or cash in
lieu of depositing one or more Deposit Securities, the purchaser (or redeemer) may be assessed a
higher Transaction Fee to offset the transaction cost to the fund of buying (or selling) those
particular Deposit Securities. Transaction Fees will differ for the fund, depending on the
transaction expenses related to the funds portfolio securities. Every purchaser of a Creation Unit
will receive a prospectus that contains disclosure about the Transaction Fee, including the maximum
amount of the additional variable Transaction Fee charged by the fund.
34
The following table sets forth the standard and additional creation/redemption transaction fee for
the fund.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Standard
|
|
Maximum Additional
|
|
Redemption
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of One
|
|
Creation/Redemption
|
|
Creation Transaction
|
|
Transaction
|
Name of Fund
|
|
|
|
Creation Unit
|
|
Transaction Fee
|
|
Fee*
|
|
Fee*
|
Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity ETF
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
As a percentage of the total amount invested or redeemed.
|
Placement of Redemption Orders
. The process to redeem Creation Units works much like the process to
purchase Creation Units, but in reverse. Orders to redeem Creation Units of the fund must be
delivered through an Authorized Participant. Investors other than Authorized Participants are
responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized
Participant. Orders must be accompanied or followed by the requisite number of shares of the fund
specified in such order, which delivery must be made to the Distributor no later than 10:00 a.m.
New York time on the next Business Day following the Transmittal Date. All other procedures set
forth in the Participant Agreement must be properly followed.
The funds securities received on redemption will generally correspond pro rata, to the extent
practicable, to the securities in the funds portfolio. Fund securities received on redemption may
not be identical to Deposit Securities that are application to creations of Creation Units. An
Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to represent to the trust that it
(or its client) (i) owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender
for redemption the requisite number of fund shares to be redeemed and can receive the entire
proceeds of the redemption, and (ii) the fund shares to be redeemed have not been loaned or pledged
to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement
or such other arrangement that would preclude the delivery of such fund shares to the trust. The
trust reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, but will typically
require verification with respect to a redemption request from the fund in connection with higher
levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the fund. If the Authorized Participant,
upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its
representations as determined by the trust, the redemption request will not be considered to have
been received in proper form and may be rejected by the trust.
To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participants agreement, in the event the Authorized
Participant has submitted a redemption request but is unable to transfer all or part of the
Creation Units to be redeemed to the Distributor, the Distributor will nonetheless accept the
redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the
missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized
Participants delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value (marked to
market daily) at least equal to 110%, which CSIM may change from time to time, of the value of the
missing shares.
The current procedures for collateralization of missing shares require, among other things, that
any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars (or, at the discretion of the trust,
non-U.S. currency in an equivalent amount) in immediately-available funds and shall be held by the
custodian and marked to market daily. The fees of the custodian (and any sub-custodians) in respect
of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the
Authorized Participant. The trust, on behalf of the fund, is permitted to purchase the missing
shares or acquire the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component underlying such shares at any time
and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the
trust of purchasing such shares, Deposit Securities or Cash Component and the value of the
collateral.
35
If the requisite number of shares of the fund is not delivered on the Transmittal Date as described
above the fund may reject or revoke acceptance of the redemption request. If it is not possible to
effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the trust may in its discretion exercise its option to
redeem such shares in U.S. cash and the redeeming Authorized Participant will be required to
receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash
that the fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash
payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of the fund next determined after
the redemption request is received (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for
requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the trusts brokerage and other transaction
costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities).
Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and
state securities laws and the fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves
the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the trust could not lawfully deliver
specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund
Securities under such laws.
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, the fund calculates its share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE
(generally, 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of the
funds portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined
in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be
valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily
available are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board of
Trustees.
Shareholders of a fund that invests in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign
markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of some of the
funds securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The
fund uses approved pricing services to provide values for its portfolio securities. Current market
values are generally determined by the approved pricing services as follows: generally securities
traded on exchanges are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such
securities are primarily traded, or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices;
generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales
price that day, or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally
securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ
Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are
generally valued at the preceding closing values of such securities on their respective exchanges
with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income
securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing services.
Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds Board of Trustees when
a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a securitys primary pricing
source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a securitys primary trading market is
closed during regular market hours; or when a securitys value is materially affected by events
occurring after the close of the securitys primary trading market. The Board of Trustees regularly
reviews fair value determinations made by the fund pursuant to the procedures.
NOTE: Transactions in fund shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares
directly from the fund in Creation Units. Fund shares are purchased or sold on a national
securities exchange at market prices, which may be higher (premium) or lower (discount) than NAV.
TAXATION
Federal Tax Information for the Fund
This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued
thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation,
as well as administrative changes or court
36
decisions, may significantly change the conclusions
expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated
herein.
It is the funds policy to qualify for taxation as a regulated investment company (RIC) by
meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, the fund expects to
eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If the fund
does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net
investment income and any net realized capital gains. In addition, the fund could be required to
recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions
before requalifying as a RIC.
The fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with
the trusts other funds. The fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of
federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. To qualify for
treatment as a RIC, the fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net
short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and also must meet several additional
requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of the funds gross
income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to
securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign
currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or
securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded
partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of the funds taxable year, at least 50% of the
value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities,
securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of
any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the funds assets and that
does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at
the close of each quarter of the funds taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets
may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other
RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or
related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or
the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships for
purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. In order to do so, the master
limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of
such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily
tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, the partnership
must meet the 90% gross income requirements for the exception from treatment as a corporation with
gross income other than income consisting of dividends, interest, payments with respect to
securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign
currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock
securities or currencies.
The Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year
(regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of
their ordinary income (as defined in the Code) for the calendar year plus 98.2% of their net
capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any
undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the
deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, the fund is treated as having distributed any amount on
which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. The fund may
in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments in order to make sufficient
distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not
otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the
ability of the fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.
Dividends and interest received from the funds holding of foreign securities may give rise to
withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries
and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If the fund meets certain requirements,
which include a requirement that more than 50% of the value of the funds total assets at the close
of its respective taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations, then
37
the
fund should be eligible to file an election with the Internal Revenue Service that may enable
shareholders, in effect, to receive either the benefit of a foreign tax credit, or a tax deduction,
with respect to any foreign and U.S. possessions income taxes paid to the fund, subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to this election, the fund
will treat those taxes as dividends paid to its shareholders. Each such shareholder will be
required to include a proportionate share of those taxes in gross income as income received from a
foreign source and must treat the amount so included as if the shareholder had paid the foreign tax
directly. The shareholder may then, subject to certain limitations, either deduct the taxes deemed
paid by him or her in computing his or her taxable income or, alternatively, use the foregoing
information in calculating any foreign tax credit the shareholder may be entitled to use against
such shareholders federal income tax. If the fund makes this election, the fund will report
annually to its shareholders the respective amounts per share of the funds income from sources
within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S. possessions.
The funds transactions in foreign currencies and forward foreign currency contracts will be
subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code that, among other things, may affect the
character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are
ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer losses. These rules
could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These
provisions also may require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolios
(i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the fund to recognize income without
receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the RIC
distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund intends to monitor its
transactions, intends to make the appropriate tax elections, and intends to make the appropriate
entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency or forward foreign currency
contract in order to mitigate the effect of these rules so as to prevent disqualification of the
fund as a RIC and minimize the imposition of income and excise taxes.
If the fund owns shares in certain foreign investment entities, referred to as passive foreign
investment companies or PFIC, the fund will be subject to one of the following special tax
regimes: (i) the fund is liable for U.S. federal income tax, and an additional interest charge, on
a portion of any excess distribution from such foreign entity or any gain from the disposition of
such shares, even if the entire distribution or gain is paid out by the fund as a dividend to its
shareholders; (ii) if the fund was able and elected to treat a PFIC as a qualifying electing fund
or QEF, the fund would be required each year to include in income, and distribute to shareholders
in accordance with the distribution requirements set forth above, the funds pro rata share of the
ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the passive foreign investment company, whether or not
such earnings or gains are distributed to the fund; or (iii) the fund may be entitled to
mark-to-market annually shares of the PFIC, and in such event would be required to distribute to
shareholders any such mark-to-market gains in accordance with the distribution requirements set
forth above.
The funds transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange
transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the
Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to
the fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the funds assets, convert
short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of the
funds income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions
to shareholders. The fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these
transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the fund and its shareholders.
The fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for
each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of
the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options
contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40%
short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of
distributions to shareholders. The fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on
futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on
offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the
closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and
therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. The fund
distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for
federal income tax purposes, including
38
unrealized gains at the end of the funds fiscal year on
futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the funds other investments and shareholders are
advised on the nature of the distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount and
thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, the fund will be required to include as part of
its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not received
any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because the fund distributes all of
its net investment income to its shareholders, the fund may have to sell fund securities to
distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to
sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
39
Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders
The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in the funds
prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting
shareholders of the fund. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or
domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of
investing in the fund.
Any dividends declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid the following January
are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year
in which they were declared. In general, distributions by the fund of investment company taxable
income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional
shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated
as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (reduced
rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets)) to the extent that the fund receives qualified
dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic
corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a
possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the
United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the
United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i)
the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60
days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the
shares of the fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and the fund also satisfies
those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends
distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a
short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related
property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section
163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another
RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are
attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that
dividends received by the fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be
taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income.
Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are designated as capital gains dividends are
taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held
shares of the fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares
held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent
of the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss. Long-term capital gains also
will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Absent further legislation, the maximum 15% tax rate on
qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2012.
The fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gain
distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for
federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend
income, shortly after the close of each calendar year.
If the fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of the funds current and accumulated
earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of
capital to the extent of the shareholders tax basis in its shares, and thereafter, as capital
gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but reduces a shareholders tax basis in its shares, thus
reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of
its shares.
For corporate investors in the fund, dividend distributions the fund designates to be from
dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate
dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular
corporation. Distributions by the fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, which
may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above.
A sale of shares in the fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized
upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the
shares have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable
disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Under current law,
40
the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains available to non-corporate shareholders is
generally 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. Any loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than
short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received)
by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the fund are
purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly
purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a
gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the
Creation Units at the time and the sum of the exchangers aggregate basis in the securities
surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation
Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchangers basis
in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the
amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may
assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted
currently under the rules governing wash sales, or on the basis that there has been no
significant change in economic position.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as
long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held
for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units
will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares comprising the Creation
Units have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses will be
treated as short-term capital gains or losses.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts,
salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from
federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (UBTI).
Under current law, the fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt
shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, tax-exempt shareholders could realize UBTI by
virtue of its investment in the fund where, for example, (i) the fund invests in REITs that hold
residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) or (ii) share in the fund
constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of
section 514(b) of the Code, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment
in the Fund. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax
advisors. There are no restrictions preventing the fund from holding investments in REITs that hold
residual interests in REMICs, and the fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued
recent guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable
remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these
issues.
The fund has the right to reject an order to for Creation Units if the purchaser (or group of
purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares
of the fund and if, pursuant to section 351 of the Code, the respective fund would have a basis in
the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit.
The fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial Share
ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.
Dividends paid by the fund to shareholders who are nonresident aliens or foreign entities will be
subject to a 30% United States withholding tax unless a reduced rate of withholding or a
withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty law to the extent derived from investment
income and short-term capital gain (other than qualified short-term capital gain described below)
or unless such income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on through a
permanent establishment in the United States. Nonresident shareholders are urged to consult their
own tax advisors concerning the applicability of the United States withholding tax and the proper
withholding form(s) to be submitted to the fund. A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an
appropriate Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 may be subject to backup withholding at the
appropriate rate.
41
The fund may, under certain circumstances, designate all or a portion of a dividend as an
interest-related dividend that if received by a nonresident alien or foreign entity generally
would be exempt from the 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided that certain other requirements are
met. The fund may also, under certain circumstances, designate all or a portion of a dividend as a
qualified short-term capital gain dividend which if received by a nonresident alien or foreign
entity generally would be exempt from the 30% U.S. withholding tax, unless the foreign person is a
nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183
days or more during the taxable year. In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the
intermediary may withhold even if the fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income
or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries
with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. The provisions relating to
dividends to foreign persons would apply to dividends with respect to taxable years of the fund
beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2012.
The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA) makes non-U.S. persons subject
to U.S. tax on disposition of a U.S. real property interest as if he or she were a U.S. person.
Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Internal Revenue Code provides a
look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain by a RIC if all of the following requirements
are met: (i) the RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity (a qualified investment
entity includes a RIC if, in general, more than 50% of the RICs assets consists of interests in
REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations); and (ii) you are a non-U.S. shareholder that
owns more than 5% of the funds shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of
the distribution. If these conditions are met, fund distributions to you are treated as gain from
the disposition of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI), causing the distribution to be subject
to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 35%, and requiring that you file a nonresident U.S. income tax
return. Also, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S.
shareholder that is a corporation. Even if a non-U.S. shareholder does not own more than 5% of the
funds shares, fund distributions to you that are attributable to gain from the sale or disposition
of a USRPI will be taxable as ordinary dividends subject to withholding at a 30% or lower treaty
rate.
Disclosure for Non-U.S. Shareholders
The fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at
the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable
dividends paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number
certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service
for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a
certified statement that he or she is not subject to backup withholding; or (4) fails to provide
a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup
withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the
shareholders ultimate U.S. tax liability.
Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships,
trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower
tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains;
provided, however, that for the funds taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and not
beginning after December 31, 2011, interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends
generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding taxes. Distributions to foreign shareholders of
such short-term capital gain dividends, of long-term capital gains and any gains from the sale or
other disposition of shares of the fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the
recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Codes definition of resident alien or (2) is
physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Different tax consequences may result
if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition,
the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be
different than those described above. Foreign shareholders may also be subject to U.S. estate
taxes with respect to shares in the fund.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an
individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must
file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of
portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current
guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as the fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the
current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact
that a loss is
42
reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the
taxpayers treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to
determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting
investments in the fund.
43
Page 1 of 5
Appendix Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Laudus Institutional Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
As of April 2011
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), as an investment adviser, is generally
responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment
companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services.
CSIMs Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIMs responsibility with regard to voting of
client proxies (the Proxy Committee). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of
CSIMs Fund Administration, Legal, and Portfolio Management Departments, and chaired by CSIMs
Deputy Chief Investment Officer or his/her delegate. The Proxy Committee reviews and, as
necessary, may amend periodically these Procedures to address new or revised proxy voting policies
or procedures. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the CSIM Proxy
Procedures) pertain to all of CSIMs clients.
The Boards of Trustees (the Trustees) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments,
Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios ( Schwab Funds) have delegated the
responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and
Administration Agreements. In addition, the Boards of Trustees (the Trustees) of Laudus Trust and
Laudus Institutional Trust (Laudus Funds) and the Schwab Strategic Trust (Schwab ETFs;
collectively, the Schwab Funds, the Laudus Funds and the Schwab ETFs are the Funds) have
delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective investment
advisory and administration agreements. The Trustees have adopted these Proxy Procedures with
respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Schwab ETFs
portfolios. CSIM will present amendments to the Trustees for approval. However, there may be
circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend the Proxy Procedures between
regular Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs Board meetings. In such cases, the Trustees
will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM
has retained Glass Lewis & Co. (Glass Lewis) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate
governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer
analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping.
Page 2 of 5
Proxy Voting Policy
For investment companies and other clients for which CSIM exercises its responsibility for voting
proxies, it is CSIMs policy to vote proxies in the manner that CSIM and the Proxy Committee
believes will maximize the economic benefit to CSIMs clients. In furtherance of this policy, the
Proxy Committee has received and reviewed Glass Lewis written proxy voting policies and procedures
(Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures) and has determined that Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures are
consistent with the CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIMs fiduciary duty with respect to its clients.
The Proxy Committee has also implemented custom policies as set forth below. The Proxy Committee
will review any material amendments to Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures to determine whether such
procedures continue to be consistent with the CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIMs fiduciary
duty with respect to its clients.
Except under each of the circumstances described below, the Proxy Committee will delegate to Glass
Lewis responsibility for voting proxies, including timely submission of votes, on behalf of CSIMs
clients in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures.
For proxy issues, that the Proxy Committee or the applicable portfolio manager or other relevant
portfolio management staff believe raise significant concerns with respect to the accounts of CSIM
clients, the Proxy Committee will review the analysis and recommendation of Glass Lewis. Examples
of factors that could cause a matter to raise significant concerns include, but are not limited to:
issues whose outcome has the potential to materially affect the companys industry, or regional or
national economy, and matters which involve broad public policy developments which may similarly
materially affect the environment in which the company operates. The Proxy Committee also will
solicit input from the assigned portfolio manager and other relevant portfolio management staff for
the particular portfolio security. After evaluating all such recommendations, the Proxy Committee
will decide how to vote the shares and will instruct Glass Lewis to vote consistent with its
decision. The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how
to vote the shares to seek to maximize the value of that particular holding.
With respect to proxies of an affiliated mutual fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in
the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the fund (
i.e.
, echo vote), unless
otherwise required by law. When required by law or applicable exemptive order, the Proxy Committee
will also echo vote proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund. For example, certain exemptive orders
issued to the Schwab Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Schwab Funds, under certain circumstances,
to echo vote proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of
the Schwab Funds. When not required to echo vote, the Proxy Committee will delegate to Glass
Lewis responsibility for voting proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund in accordance with Glass
Lewis Proxy Procedures, subject to the custom policies set forth below.
Page 3 of 5
In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC) (ticker symbol:
SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other
shareholders of CSC (
i.e.
, echo vote), unless otherwise required by law.
Exceptions from Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures
: The Proxy Committee has reviewed the particular
policies set forth in Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures and has determined that the implementation of
the following custom policies is consistent with CSIMs fiduciary duty to its clients:
|
|
|
Independent Chairman
: With respect to shareholder proposals requiring that a company
chairmans position be filled by an independent director, the Proxy Committee has
instructed Glass Lewis to vote with management on such proposal unless the company does
not meet the applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold, as calculated below.
In cases where a company fails to meet the threshold, the Proxy Committee has instructed
Glass Lewis to vote the shareholder proposals requiring that the chairmans position be
filled by an independent director in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures. In
cases where a company is a registered investment company, the Proxy Committee has
instructed Glass Lewis to vote with management on such proposal. Additionally, with
respect to the election of a director who serves as the governance committee chair (or, in
the absence of a governance committee, the chair of the nominating committee), the Proxy
Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote for the director in cases where the company
chairmans position is not filled by an independent director and an independent lead or
presiding director has not been appointed.
|
|
|
|
|
Classified Boards
: With respect to shareholder proposals declassifying a staggered
board in favor of the annual election of directors, the Proxy Committee has instructed
Glass Lewis to vote with management on such proposal unless the company does not meet the
applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold, as calculated below. In cases
where a company fails to meet the threshold, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass
Lewis to vote the shareholder proposals declassifying a staggered board in favor of the
annual election of directors in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures.
|
Glass Lewis uses a three-year total return performance methodology to calculate the applicable
minimum total shareholder return threshold. For Russell 3000 Index constituents, if a companys
total annual shareholder return is in the bottom 25% of Russell 3000 constituent companies total
annual shareholder returns for three consecutive years, the company will be deemed not to have met
the threshold. For companies not in the Russell 3000 Index, the universe of companies used for the
minimum total shareholder return threshold calculation is all Glass Lewis covered companies outside
of the Russell 3000 Index.
If Glass Lewis does not provide an analysis or recommendation for voting a particular proxy measure
or measures, (1) two members of the Proxy Committee, including at least one representative from
Portfolio Management, in consultation with the Chair of the Proxy Committee or his/her designee,
may decide how to vote such proxy, or (2) the Proxy Committee may meet to decide how to vote such
proxy.
Page 4 of 5
Conflicts of Interest
. Except as described above for proxies solicited by affiliated funds or CSC
and the exceptions to Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures, proxy issues that present material conflicts
of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIMs clients, CSIM will delegate to
Glass Lewis responsibility for voting such proxies in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy
Procedures,. The CSIM Legal Department is responsible for developing procedures to identify
material conflicts of interest.
Voting Foreign Proxies
. CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for voting proxies. However, voting
proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and
corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of
regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting.
Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
|
o
|
|
proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
|
|
|
o
|
|
untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
|
|
|
o
|
|
restrictions of foreigners ability to exercise votes;
|
|
|
o
|
|
requirements to vote proxies in person;
|
|
|
o
|
|
requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIMs voting instructions.
|
In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best-efforts to vote foreign
proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign
proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy
Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential
benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In
addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of
time before and/or after the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy
Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies.
Securities Lending Programs
. Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with
lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending
arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower
of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the
securitys voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities
must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a
Funds securities on loan and vote such securities proxies if (a) the proxy relates to a special
meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuers annual meeting of shareholders),
or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer. Further, it is CSIMs
policy to use its best efforts to recall securities on loan and vote such securities proxies if
CSIM determines that the proxies involve a material event affecting the loaned securities. CSIM may
utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event
is material. CSIM may also recall securities on loan and vote such securities proxies in its
discretion.
Sub-Advisory Relationships. Where CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management
responsibilities to an investment adviser, CSIM may delegate proxy voting responsibility to such
Page 5 of 5
investment adviser. Each sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be
required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated
with the securities it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its
shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will
review each sub-advisers proxy voting policy to determine whether it belives that each
sub-advisers proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of economic
benefits to the investment company or other client.
Reporting and Record Retention
CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which
proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all
applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients proxy voting records
and procedures.
CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.
PROXY PAPER GUIDELINES 2011 PROXY SEASON AN OVERVIEW OF THE GLASS LEWIS APPROACH TO
INTERNATIONAL PROX Y ADVICE
|
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
I. A Board of Directors That Serves the Interests of Shareholders
|
|
|
5
|
|
Election of Directors
|
|
|
5
|
|
Independence
|
|
|
5
|
|
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence
|
|
|
7
|
|
Committee Independence
|
|
|
7
|
|
Independent Chairman
|
|
|
7
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
8
|
|
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Performance
|
|
|
8
|
|
Audit Committees and Performance
|
|
|
9
|
|
Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee
|
|
|
9
|
|
Compensation Committee Performance
|
|
|
12
|
|
Nominating and Governance Committee Performance
|
|
|
.15
|
|
Board-level Risk Management Oversight
|
|
|
.16
|
|
Experience
|
|
|
17
|
|
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Director Experience
|
|
|
17
|
|
Other Considerations
|
|
|
18
|
|
Conflicts of Interest
|
|
|
18
|
|
Size of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
19
|
|
Controlled Companies
|
|
|
19
|
|
Independence Exceptions
|
|
|
19
|
|
Size of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
20
|
|
Audit Committee Independence
|
|
|
20
|
|
Exceptions for Recent IPOs
|
|
|
20
|
|
Mutual Fund Boards
|
|
|
21
|
|
Declassified Boards
|
|
|
22
|
|
Mandatory Director Retirement Provisions
|
|
|
23
|
|
Director Term and Age Limits
|
|
|
23
|
|
Requiring Two or More Nominees per Board Seat
|
|
|
23
|
|
Shareholder Access
|
|
|
23
|
|
Majority Vote for the Election of Directors
|
|
|
24
|
|
The plurality vote standard
|
|
|
24
|
|
Advantages of a majority vote standard
|
|
|
24
|
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
4
I. A Board of Directors That
Serves the Interests of Shareholders
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
The purpose of Glass Lewis proxy research and advice is to facilitate shareholder voting in
favor of governance structures that will drive performance, create shareholder value and maintain a
proper tone at the top. Glass Lewis looks for talented boards with a record of protecting
shareholders and delivering value over the medium- and long-term. We believe that boards working to
protect and enhance the best interests of shareholders are independent, have directors with diverse
backgrounds, have a record of positive performance, and have members with a breadth and depth of
relevant experience.
Independence
The independence of directors, or lack thereof, is ultimately demonstrated through the decisions
they make. In assessing the independence of directors, we will take into consideration, when
appropriate, whether a director has a track record indicative of making objective decisions.
Likewise, when assessing the independence of directors we will also examine when a directors
service track record on multiple boards indicates a lack of objective decision-making. Ultimately, we
believe the determination of whether a director is independent or not must take into consideration
both compliance with the applicable independence listing requirements as well as judgments made by
the director.
We look at each director nominee to examine the directors relationships with the company, the
companys executives, and other directors. We do this to evaluate whether personal, familial, or
financial relationships (not including director compensation) may impact the directors decisions. We
believe that such relationships make it difficult for a director to put shareholders interests above
the directors or the related partys interests. We also believe that a director who owns more than
20% of a company can exert disproportionate influence on the board and, in particular, the audit
committee.
Thus, we put directors into three categories based on an examination of the type of relationship they
have with the company:
Independent Director An independent director has no material financial, familial or other
current relationships with the company, its executives, or other board members, except for
board service and standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that existed within three
to five years
1
before the inquiry are usually considered current for purposes of
this test.
In our view, a director who is currently serving in an interim management position should be
considered an insider, while a director who previously served in an interim management
position for less than one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered
independent. Moreover, a director who previously served in an interim management position for
over one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered an affiliate for five
years following the date of his/her resignation or departure from the interim management
position. Glass Lewis applies a
|
|
|
1
|
|
NASDAQ originally proposed a five-year look-back period but both it and the NYSE
ultimately settled on a three-year look-back prior to finalizing their rules. A five-year standard is
more appropriate, in our view, because we believe that the unwinding of conflicting relationships
between former management and board members is more likely to be complete and final after five years.
However, Glass Lewis does not apply the five-year look-back period to directors who have previously
served as executives of the company on an interim basis for less than one year.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
5
three-year look-back period to all directors who have an affiliation with the company other
than former employment, for which we apply a five-year look-back.
Affiliated Director An affiliated director has a material financial, familial or other
relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the
company.
2
This includes directors whose employers have a material financial
relationship with the company.
3
In addition, we view a director who owns or controls
20% or more of the companys voting stock as an affiliate.
We view 20% shareholders as affiliates because they typically have access to and involvement
with the management of a company that is fundamentally different from that of ordinary
shareholders. More importantly, 20% holders may have interests that diverge from those of
ordinary holders, for reasons such as the liquidity (or lack thereof) of their holdings,
personal tax issues, etc.
Definition of Material: A material relationship is one in which the dollar value exceeds:
|
|
|
$50,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for directors who are
paid for a service they have agreed to perform for the company, outside of
their service as a director, including professional or other services; or
|
|
|
|
|
$120,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for those directors
employed by a professional services firm such as a law firm, investment bank, or
consulting firm where the company pays the firm, not the individual, for services.
This dollar limit would also apply to charitable contributions to schools where
a board member is a professor; or charities where a director serves on the board
or is an executive;
4
and any aircraft and real estate dealings between
the company and the directors firm; or
|
|
|
|
|
1% of either companys consolidated gross revenue for other
business relationships (e.g., where the director is an executive officer of a
company that provides services or products to or receives services or products
from the company).
|
Definition of Familial: Familial relationships include a persons spouse, parents,
children, siblings, grandparents, uncles, aunts, cousins, nieces, nephews, in-laws, and
anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares such persons home. A director is an
affiliate if the director has a family member who is employed by the company and who
receives compensation of $120,000 or more per year or the compensation is not disclosed.
Definition of Company: A company includes any parent or subsidiary in a group with the
company or any entity that merged with, was acquired by, or acquired the company.
Inside Director An inside director simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee
of the company. This category may include a chairman of the board who acts as an employee of
the company or is paid as an employee of the company. In our view, an inside director who
derives a greater amount of income as a result of affiliated transactions with the company
rather than
|
|
|
2
|
|
If a company classifies one of its non-employee directors as non-independent,
Glass Lewis will classify that director as an affiliate.
|
|
3
|
|
We allow a five-year grace period for former executives of the company or merged
companies who have consulting agreements with the surviving company. (We do not automatically
recommend voting against directors in such cases for the first five years.) If the consulting agreement
persists after this five-year grace period, we apply the materiality thresholds outlined in the
definition of material.
|
|
4
|
|
We will generally take into consideration the size and nature of such charitable entities
in relation to the companys size and industry along with any other relevant factors such as the
directors role at the charity. However, unlike for other types of related party transactions, Glass
Lewis generally does not apply a look-back period to affiliated relationships involving charitable
contributions; if the relationship ceases, we will consider the director to be independent.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
6
through compensation paid by the company (i.e., salary, bonus, etc. as a company
employee) faces a conflict between making decisions that are in the best interests of the
company versus those in the directors own best interests. Therefore, we will recommend voting
against such a director.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence
Glass Lewis believes a board will be most effective in protecting shareholders interests if it
is at least two-thirds independent. We note that each of the Business Roundtable, the
Conference Board, and the Council of Institutional Investors advocates that two-thirds of the
board be independent. Where more than one-third of the members are affiliated or inside
directors, we typically
5
recommend voting against some of the inside and/or
affiliated directors in order to satisfy the two-thirds threshold.
However, where a director serves on a board as a representative (as part of his or her basic
responsibilities) of an investment firm with greater than 20% ownership, we will generally
consider him/her to be affiliated but will not recommend voting against unless (i) the
investment firm has disproportionate board representation or (ii) the director serves on the
audit committee.
In the case of a less than two-thirds independent board, Glass Lewis strongly supports the
existence of a presiding or lead director with authority to set the meeting agendas and to
lead sessions outside the insider chairmans presence.
In addition, we scrutinize avowedly independent chairmen and lead directors. We believe that
they should be unquestionably independent or the company should not tout them as such.
Committee Independence
We believe that
only
independent directors should serve on a companys audit, compensation,
nominating, and governance committees.
6
We typically recommend that shareholders
vote against any affiliated or inside director seeking appointment to an audit, compensation,
nominating, or governance committee, or who has served in that capacity in the past year.
Independent Chairman
Glass Lewis believes that separating the roles of CEO (or, more rarely, another executive
position) and chairman creates a better governance structure than a combined CEO/chairman
position. An executive manages the business according to a course the board charts. Executives
should report to the board regarding their performance in achieving goals the board set. This
is needlessly complicated when a CEO chairs the board, since a CEO/chairman presumably will
have a significant influence over the board.
It can become difficult for a board to fulfill its role of overseer and policy setter when a CEO/
chairman controls the agenda and the boardroom discussion. Such control can allow a CEO to
have an entrenched position, leading to longer-than-optimal terms, fewer checks on management,
|
|
|
5
|
|
With a staggered board, if the affiliates or insiders that we believe should not be
on the board are not up for election, we will express our concern regarding those directors, but we
will not recommend voting against the other affiliates or insiders who are up for election just to
achieve two-thirds independence. However, we will consider recommending voting against the
directors subject to our concern at their next election if the concerning issue is not resolved.
|
|
6
|
|
We will recommend voting against an audit committee member who owns 20% or more of the
companys stock, and we believe that there should be a maximum of one director (or no directors if
the committee is comprised of less than three directors) who owns 20% or more of the companys stock
on the compensation, nominating, and governance committees.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
7
less scrutiny of the business operation, and limitations on independent,
shareholder-focused goal-setting by the board.
A CEO should set the strategic course for the company, with the boards approval, and the
board should enable the CEO to carry out the CEOs vision for accomplishing the boards
objectives. Failure to achieve the boards objectives should lead the board to replace that CEO
with someone in whom the board has confidence.
Likewise, an independent chairman can better oversee executives and set a pro-shareholder
agenda without the management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face. Such
oversight and concern for shareholders allows for a more proactive and effective board of
directors that is better able to look out for the interests of shareholders.
Further, it is the boards responsibility to select a chief executive who can best serve a
company and its shareholders and to replace this person when his or her duties have not been
appropriately fulfilled. Such a replacement becomes more difficult and happens less frequently
when the chief executive is also in the position of overseeing the board.
We recognize that empirical evidence regarding the separation of these two roles remains
inconclusive. However, Glass Lewis believes that the installation of an independent chairman
is almost always a positive step from a corporate governance perspective and promotes the best
interests of shareholders. Further, the presence of an independent chairman fosters the
creation of a thoughtful and dynamic board, not dominated by the views of senior management.
Encouragingly, many companies appear to be moving in this directionone study even indicates
that less than 12 percent of incoming CEOs in 2009 were awarded the chairman title, versus 48
percent as recently as 2002.
7
Another study finds that 40 percent of S&P 500 boards
now separate the CEO and chairman roles, up from 23 percent in 2000, although the same study
found that only 19 percent of S&P 500 chairs are independent, versus 9 percent in
2005.
8
We do not recommend that shareholders vote against CEOs who chair the board. However, we
typically encourage our clients to support separating the roles of chairman and CEO whenever
that question is posed in a proxy (typically in the form of a shareholder proposal), as we
believe that it is in the long-term best interests of the company and its shareholders.
Performance
The most crucial test of a boards commitment to the company and its shareholders lies in the
actions of the board and its members. We look at the performance of these individuals as directors
and executives of the company and of other companies where they have served.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Performance
We disfavor directors who have a record of not fulfilling their responsibilities to
shareholders at any company where they have held a board or executive position. We typically
recommend voting against:
|
|
|
7
|
|
Ken Favaro, Per-Ola Karlsson and Gary Neilson. CEO Succession 2000-2009: A
Decade of Convergence and Compression. Booz & Company (from Strategy+Business, Issue 59, Summer
2010).
|
|
8
|
|
Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2010, p. 4.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
8
1. A director who fails to attend a minimum of 75% of board and applicable committee
meetings, calculated in the aggregate.
9
2. A director who belatedly filed a significant form(s) 4 or 5, or who has a pattern of
late filings if the late filing was the directors fault (we
look at these late filing
situations on a case-by-case basis).
3. A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious and material restatement
has occurred after the CEO had previously certified the pre-restatement financial
statements.
4. A director who has received two against recommendations from Glass Lewis for identical
reasons within the prior year at different companies (the same situation must also apply
at the company being analyzed).
5. All directors who served on the board if, for the last three years, the companys
performance has been in the bottom quartile of the sector and the directors have not taken
reasonable steps to address the poor performance.
Audit Committees and Performance
Audit committees play an integral role in overseeing the financial reporting process because
[v]ibrant and stable capital markets depend on, among other things, reliable, transparent,
and objective financial information to support an efficient and effective capital market process.
The vital oversight role audit committees play in the process of producing financial information
has never been more important.
10
When assessing an audit committees performance, we are aware that an audit committee does not
prepare financial statements, is not responsible for making the key judgments and assumptions
that affect the financial statements, and does not audit the numbers or the disclosures
provided to investors. Rather, an audit committee member monitors and oversees the process and
procedures that management and auditors perform. The 1999 Report and Recommendations of the
Blue Ribbon Committee on Improving the Effectiveness of Corporate Audit Committees stated it
best:
A proper and well-functioning system exists, therefore, when the three main
groups responsible for financial reporting the full board including the
audit committee, financial management including the internal auditors, and
the outside auditors form a three legged stool that supports
responsible financial disclosure and active participatory oversight. However,
in the view of the Committee, the audit committee must be first among equals
in this process, since the audit committee is an extension of the full board
and hence the ultimate monitor of the process.
Standards
for Assessing the Audit Committee
For an audit committee to function effectively on investors behalf, it must include members
with sufficient knowledge to diligently carry out their responsibilities. In its audit and
accounting
|
|
|
9
|
|
However, where a director has served for less than one full year, we will
typically not recommend voting against for failure to attend 75% of meetings. Rather, we will note the
poor attendance with a recommendation to track this issue going forward. We will also refrain from
recommending to vote against directors when the proxy discloses that the director missed the
meetings due to serious illness or other extenuating circumstances.
|
|
10
|
|
Audit Committee Effectiveness What Works Best. PricewaterhouseCoopers. The Institute
of Internal Auditors Research Foundation. 2005.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
9
recommendations, the Conference Board Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise
said members of the audit committee must be independent and have both knowledge and
experience in auditing financial matters.
11
We are skeptical of audit committees where there are members that lack expertise as a Certified
Public Accountant (CPA), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) or corporate controller or similar
experience. While we will not necessarily vote against members of an audit committee when such
expertise is lacking, we are more likely to vote against committee members when a problem such
as a restatement occurs and such expertise is lacking.
Glass Lewis generally assesses audit committees against the decisions they make with respect
to their oversight and monitoring role. The quality and integrity of the financial statements
and earnings reports, the completeness of disclosures necessary for investors to make
informed decisions, and the effectiveness of the internal controls should provide reasonable
assurance that the financial statements are materially free from errors. The independence of
the external auditors and the results of their work all provide useful information by which to
assess the audit committee.
When assessing the decisions and actions of the audit committee, we typically defer to its
judgment and would vote in favor of its members, but we would recommend voting against the
following members under the following circumstances:
12
1. All members of the audit committee when options were backdated, there is a lack of
adequate controls in place, there was a resulting restatement, and disclosures indicate
there was a lack of documentation with respect to the option grants.
2. The audit committee chair, if the audit committee does not have a financial expert or
the committees financial expert does not have a demonstrable financial background sufficient
to understand the financial issues unique to public companies.
3. The audit committee chair, if the audit committee did not meet at least 4 times during
the year.
4. The audit committee chair, if the committee has less than three members.
5. Any audit committee member who sits on more than three public company audit committees,
unless the audit committee member is a retired CPA, CFO, controller or has similar
experience, in which case the limit shall be four committees, taking time and availability
into consideration including a review of the audit committee members attendance at all
board and committee meetings.
13
6. All members of an audit committee who are up for election and who served on the
committee at the time of the audit, if audit and audit-related fees total one-third or
less of the total fees billed by the auditor.
|
|
|
11
|
|
Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise. The Conference Board. 2003.
|
|
12
|
|
Where the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up
for election because the
board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against the members of the committee who are up for
election; rather,
we will simply express our concern with regard to the committee chair.
|
|
13
|
|
Glass Lewis may exempt certain audit committee members from the above threshold if,
upon further analysis of
relevant factors such as the directors experience, the size, industry-mix and location of the
companies involved and the
directors attendance at all the companies, we can reasonably determine that the audit committee
member is likely not
hindered by multiple audit committee commitments.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
10
7. The audit committee chair when tax and/or other fees are greater than audit and
audit-related fees paid to the auditor for more than one year in a row (in which case we
also recommend against ratification of the auditor).
8. All members of an audit committee where non-audit fees include fees for tax services
(including, but not limited to, such things as tax avoidance or shelter schemes) for
senior executives of the company. Such services are now prohibited by the PCAOB.
9. All members of an audit committee that reappointed an auditor that we no longer
consider to be independent for reasons unrelated to fee proportions.
10. All members of an audit committee when audit fees are excessively low, especially
when compared with other companies in the same industry.
11. The audit committee chair
14
if the committee failed to put auditor
ratification on the ballot for shareholder approval. However, if the non-audit fees or tax
fees exceed audit plus audit-related fees in either the current or the prior year, then
Glass Lewis will recommend voting against the entire audit committee.
12. All members of an audit committee where the auditor has resigned and reported that a
section 10A
15
letter has been issued.
13. All members of an audit committee at a time when material accounting fraud occurred
at the company.
16
14. All members of an audit committee at a time when annual and/or multiple quarterly
financial statements had to be restated, and any of the following factors apply:
The restatement involves fraud or manipulation by insiders;
The restatement is accompanied by an SEC inquiry or investigation;
The restatement involves revenue recognition;
The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to costs of goods sold,
operating expense, or operating cash flows; or
The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to net income, 10%
adjustment to assets or shareholders equity, or cash flows from financing or investing
activities.
15. All members of an audit committee if the company repeatedly fails to file its financial
reports in a timely fashion. For example, the company has filed two or more quarterly or
annual financial statements late within the last 5 quarters.
16. All members of an audit committee when it has been disclosed that a law enforcement
agency has charged the company and/or its employees with a violation of the Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA).
|
|
|
14
|
|
In all cases, if the chair of the committee is not specified, we recommend voting
against the director who has been on the committee the longest.
|
|
15
|
|
Auditors are required to report all potential illegal acts to management and the audit
committee unless they are clearly inconsequential in nature. If the audit committee or the board fails
to take appropriate action on an act that has been determined to be a violation of the law, the
independent auditor is required to send a section 10A letter to the SEC. Such letters are rare and
therefore we believe should be taken seriously.
|
|
16
|
|
Recent research indicates that revenue fraud now accounts for over 60% of SEC fraud
cases, and that companies that engage in fraud experience significant negative abnormal stock price
declinesfacing bankruptcy, delisting, and material asset sales at much higher rates than do
non-fraud firms (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Fraudulent
Financial Reporting: 1998-2007. May 2010).
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
11
17. All members of an audit committee when the company has aggressive accounting
policies and/or poor disclosure or lack of sufficient transparency in its financial
statements.
18. All members of the audit committee when there is a disagreement with the auditor and
the auditor resigns or is dismissed.
19. All members of the audit committee if the contract with the auditor specifically
limits the auditors liability to the company for damages.
17
20. All members of the audit committee who served since the date of the companys last
annual meeting, and when, since the last annual meeting, the company has reported a
material weakness that has not yet been corrected, or, when the company has an ongoing
material weakness from a prior year that has not yet been corrected.
We also take a dim view of audit committee reports that are boilerplate, and which provide
little or no information or transparency to investors. When a problem such as a material
weakness, restatement or late filings occurs, we take into consideration, in forming our
judgment with respect to the audit committee, the transparency of the audit committee report.
Compensation
Committee Performance
Compensation committees have the final say in determining the compensation of executives. This
includes deciding the basis on which compensation is determined, as well as the amounts and
types of compensation to be paid. This process begins with the hiring and initial establishment
of employment agreements, including the terms for such items as pay, pensions and severance
arrangements. It is important in establishing compensation arrangements that compensation be
consistent with, and based on the long-term economic performance of, the businesss long-term
shareholders returns.
Compensation committees are also responsible for the oversight of the transparency of
compensation. This oversight includes disclosure of compensation arrangements, the matrix used
in assessing pay for performance, and the use of compensation consultants. In order to ensure
the independence of the compensation consultant, we believe the compensation committee should
only engage a compensation consultant that is not also providing any services to the company
or management apart from their contract with the compensation committee. It is important to
investors that they have clear and complete disclosure of all the significant terms of
compensation arrangements in order to make informed decisions with respect to the oversight
and decisions of the compensation committee.
Finally, compensation committees are responsible for oversight of internal controls over the
executive compensation process. This includes controls over gathering information used to
determine compensation, establishment of equity award plans, and granting of equity awards. Lax
controls can and have contributed to conflicting information being obtained, for example through
the use of nonobjective consultants. Lax controls can also contribute to improper awards of
compensation such as through granting of backdated or spring-loaded options, or granting of
bonuses when triggers for bonus payments have not been met.
Central to understanding the actions of a compensation committee is a careful review of the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) report included in each companys proxy. We review
the CD&A in our evaluation of the overall compensation practices of a company,
|
|
|
17
|
|
The Council of Institutional Investors. Corporate Governance Policies, p. 4,
April 5, 2006; and Letter from Council of Institutional Investors to the AICPA, November 8, 2006.
|
12
as overseen by the compensation committee. The CD&A is also integral to the evaluation of
compensation proposals at companies, such as advisory votes on executive compensation, which
allow shareholders to vote on the compensation paid to a companys top executives.
In our evaluation of the CD&A, we examine, among other factors, the following:
1. The extent to which the company uses appropriate performance goals and metrics in
determining overall compensation as an indication that pay is tied to performance.
2. How clearly the company discloses performance metrics and goals so that shareholders
may make an independent determination that goals were met.
3. The extent to which the performance metrics, targets and goals are implemented to
enhance company performance and encourage prudent risk-taking.
4. The selected peer group(s) so that shareholders can make a comparison of pay and
performance across the appropriate peer group.
5. The extent to which the company benchmarks compensation levels at a specific percentile
of its peer group along with the rationale for selecting such a benchmark.
6. The amount of discretion granted management or the compensation committee to deviate
from defined performance metrics and goals in making awards, as well as the
appropriateness of the use of such discretion.
We provide an overall evaluation of the quality and content of a companys executive
compensation policies and procedures as disclosed in a CD&A as either good, fair or poor.
We evaluate compensation committee members on the basis of their performance while serving on
the compensation committee in question, not for actions taken solely by prior committee members
who are not currently serving on the committee. At companies that provide shareholders with
non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation (Say-on-Pay), we will use the Say-on-Pay
proposal as the initial, primary means to express dissatisfaction with the companys compensation
polices and practices rather than recommending voting against members of the compensation
committee (except in the most egregious cases).
When assessing the performance of compensation committees, we will recommend voting against for
the following:
18
1. All members of the compensation committee who are up for election and served at the time
of poor pay-for-performance (e.g., a company receives an F grade in our
pay-for-performance analysis) when shareholders are not provided with an advisory vote
on executive compensation at the annual meeting.
19
|
|
|
18
|
|
Where the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair and the chair is
not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of
the committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern with regard to the
committee chair.
|
|
19
|
|
Where there are multiple CEOs in one year, we will consider not recommending against
the compensation committee but will defer judgment on compensation policies and practices until the next
year or a full year after arrival of the new CEO. In addition, if a company provides shareholders
with a Say-on-Pay proposal and receives an F grade in our pay-for-performance model, we will
recommend that shareholders only vote against the Say-on-Pay proposal rather than the members of
the compensation committee, unless the company exhibits egregious practices. However, if the company
receives successive F grades, we will then recommend against the members of the compensation
committee in addition to recommending voting against the Say-on-Pay proposal.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
13
2. Any member of the compensation committee who has served on the compensation
committee of at least two other public companies that received F grades in our
pay-for-performance model and who is also suspect at the company in question.
3. The compensation committee chair if the company received two D grades in consecutive
years in our pay-for-performance analysis, and if during the past year the Company
performed the same as or worse than its peers.
20
4. All members of the compensation committee (during the relevant time period) if the
company entered into excessive employment agreements and/or severance agreements.
5. All members of the compensation committee when performance goals were changed (i.e.,
lowered) when employees failed or were unlikely to meet original goals, or
performance-based compensation was paid despite goals not being attained.
6. All members of the compensation committee if excessive employee perquisites and benefits
were allowed.
7. The compensation committee chair if the compensation committee did not meet during the
year, but should have (e.g., because executive compensation was restructured or a new
executive was hired).
8. All members of the compensation committee when the company repriced options or completed
a self tender offer without shareholder approval within the past two years.
9. All members of the compensation committee when vesting of in-the-money options is
accelerated or when fully vested options are granted.
10. All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were
backdated. Glass Lewis will recommend voting against an executive director who played a
role in and participated in option backdating.
11. All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were
spring-loaded or otherwise timed around the release of material information.
12. All members of the compensation committee when a new employment contract is given to
an executive that does not include a clawback provision and the company had a material
restatement, especially if the restatement was due to fraud.
13. The chair of the compensation committee where the CD&A provides insufficient or unclear
information about performance metrics and goals, where the CD&A indicates that pay is not
tied to performance, or where the compensation committee or management has excessive
discretion to alter performance terms or increase amounts of awards in contravention of
previously defined targets.
14. All members of the compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to
implement a shareholder proposal regarding a compensation-related issue, where the
proposal received the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting shares at a shareholder
|
|
|
20
|
|
In cases where the company received two D grades in consecutive years, but during
the past year the company performed better than its peers or improved from an F to a D grade year
over year, we refrain from recommending to vote against the compensation chair. In addition, if a
company provides shareholders with a Say-on-Pay proposal in this instance, we will consider voting
against the advisory vote rather than the compensation committee chair unless the company exhibits
unquestionably egregious practices.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
14
meeting, and when a reasonable analysis suggests that the compensation committee
(rather than the governance committee) should have taken steps to implement the
request.
21
Nominating
and Governance Committee Performance
The nominating and governance committee, as an agency for the shareholders, is responsible for
the governance by the board of the company and its executives. In performing this role, the
board is responsible and accountable for selection of objective and competent board members. It
is also responsible for providing leadership on governance policies adopted by the company,
such as decisions to implement shareholder proposals that have received a majority vote.
Consistent with Glass Lewis philosophy that boards should have diverse backgrounds and
members with a breadth and depth of relevant experience, we believe that nominating and
governance committees should consider diversity when making director nominations within the
context of each specific company and its industry. In our view, shareholders are best served
when boards make an effort to ensure a constituency that is not only reasonably diverse on the
basis of age, race, gender and ethnicity, but also on the basis of geographic knowledge,
industry experience and culture.
Regarding the nominating and or governance committee, we will recommend voting against the
following:
22
1. All members of the governance committee
23
during whose tenure the board
failed to implement a shareholder proposal with a direct and substantial impact on
shareholders and their rights i.e., where the proposal received enough shareholder
votes (at least a majority) to allow the board to implement or begin to implement that
proposal.
24
Examples of these types of shareholder proposals are majority
vote to elect directors and to declassify the board.
2. The governance committee chair,
25
when the chairman is not independent and
an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.
26
We note
that each of the Business Roundtable, The Conference Board, and the Council of
Institutional Investors advocates that two-thirds of the board be independent.
|
|
|
21
|
|
In all other instances (i.e. a non-compensation-related shareholder proposal
should have been implemented) we recommend that shareholders vote against the members of the
governance committee.
|
|
22
|
|
Where we would recommend to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up
for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the
committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern regarding the committee
chair.
|
|
23
|
|
If the board does not have a governance committee (or a committee that serves such a
purpose), we recommend voting against the entire board on this basis.
|
|
24
|
|
Where a compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented, and
when a reasonable analysis suggests that the members of the compensation committee (rather than the
governance committee) bear the responsibility for failing to implement the request, we recommend
that shareholders only vote against members of the compensation committee.
|
|
25
|
|
If the committee chair is not specified, we recommend voting against the director who
has been on the committee the longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined,
we will recommend voting against the longest-serving board member serving on the committee.
|
|
26
|
|
We believe that one independent individual should be appointed to serve as the lead
or presiding director. When such a position is rotated among directors from meeting to meeting, we
will recommend voting against as if there were no lead or presiding director.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
15
3. In the absence of a nominating committee, the governance committee chair when there
are less than five or the whole nominating committee when there are more than 20 members on
the board.
4. The governance committee chair, when the committee fails to meet at all during the
year.
5. The governance committee chair, when for two consecutive years the company provides
what we consider to be inadequate related party transaction disclosure (i.e. the nature
of such transactions and/or the monetary amounts involved are unclear or excessively
vague, thereby preventing an average shareholder from being able to reasonably interpret
the independence status of multiple directors above and beyond what the company maintains
is compliant with SEC or applicable stock-exchange listing requirements).
Regarding the nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the following:
27
1. All members of the nominating committee, when the committee nominated or renominated an
individual who had a significant conflict of interest or whose past actions demonstrated a
lack of integrity or inability to represent shareholder interests.
2. The nominating committee chair, if the nominating committee did not meet during the year,
but should have (i.e., because new directors were nominated or appointed since the time
of the last annual meeting).
3. In the absence of a governance committee, the nominating committee chair
28
when the chairman is not independent, and an independent lead or presiding director has
not been
appointed.
29
4. The nominating committee chair, when there are less than five or the whole nominating
committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.
30
5. The nominating committee chair, when a director received a greater than 50% against
vote the prior year and not only was the director not removed, but the issues that
raised shareholder concern were not corrected.
31
Board-level Risk Management Oversight
Glass Lewis evaluates the risk management function of a public company board on a strictly
case-by-case basis. Sound risk management, while necessary at all companies, is particularly
important at financial firms which inherently maintain significant exposure to financial risk. We
|
|
|
27
|
|
Where we would recommend to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not
up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the
committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern regarding the committee
chair.
|
|
28
|
|
If the committee chair is not specified, we will recommend voting against the director
who has been on the committee the longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be
determined, we will recommend voting against the longest-serving board member on the committee.
|
|
29
|
|
In the absence of both a governance and a nominating committee, we will recommend voting
against the chairman of the board on this basis.
|
|
30
|
|
In the absence of both a governance and a nominating committee, we will recommend voting
against the chairman of the board on this basis.
|
|
31
|
|
Considering that shareholder discontent clearly relates to the director who received
a greater than 50% against vote rather than the nominating chair, we review the validity of the
issue(s) that initially raised shareholder concern, follow-up on such
matters, and only recommend
voting against the nominating chair if a reasonable analysis suggests that it would be most
appropriate. In rare cases, we will consider recommending against the nominating chair when a
director receives a substantial (i.e., 25% or more) vote against based on the same analysis.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
16
believe such financial firms should have a chief risk officer reporting directly to the board
and a dedicated risk committee or a committee of the board charged with risk oversight.
Moreover, many non-financial firms maintain strategies which involve a high level of exposure
to financial risk. Similarly, since many non-financial firm have significant hedging or trading
strategies, including financial and non-financial derivatives, those firms should also have a
chief risk officer and a risk committee.
Our views on risk oversight are consistent with those expressed by various regulatory bodies.
In its December 2009 Final Rule release on Proxy Disclosure Enhancements, the SEC noted that
risk oversight is a key competence of the board and that additional disclosures would improve
investor and shareholder understanding of the role of the board in the organizations risk
management practices. The final rules, which became effective on February 28, 2010, now
explicitly require companies and mutual funds to describe (while allowing for some degree of
flexibility) the boards role in the oversight of risk.
When analyzing the risk management practices of public companies, we take note of any
significant losses or writedowns on financial assets and/or structured transactions. In cases
where a company has disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where we find that the
companys board-level risk committee contributed to the loss through poor oversight, we would
recommend that shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In addition, in
cases where a company maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails to
disclose any explicit form of board-level risk oversight (committee or
otherwise)
32
, we will consider recommending to vote against the chairman of the
board on that basis. However, we generally would not recommend voting against a combined
chairman/CEO except in egregious cases.
Experience
We find that a directors past conduct is often indicative of future conduct and performance. We often
find directors with a history of overpaying executives or of serving on boards where avoidable
disasters have occurred appearing at companies that follow these same patterns. Glass Lewis has a
proprietary database of every officer and director serving at 8,000 of the most widely held U.S.
companies. We use this database to track the performance of directors across companies.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Director Experience
We typically recommend that shareholders vote against directors who have served on boards or
as executives of companies with records of poor performance, inadequate risk oversight,
overcompensation, audit- or accounting-related issues, and/or other indicators of mismanagement
or actions against the interests of shareholders.
33
Likewise, we examine the backgrounds of those who serve on key board committees to ensure that
they have the required skills and diverse backgrounds to make informed judgments about the
subject matter for which the committee is responsible.
|
|
|
32
|
|
A committee responsible for risk management could be a dedicated risk committee,
or another board committee, usually the audit committee but occasionally the finance committee,
depending on a given companys board structure and method of disclosure. At some companies, the
entire board is charged with risk management.
|
|
33
|
|
We typically apply a three-year look-back to such issues and also research to see
whether the responsible directors have been up for election since the time of the failure, and if
so, we take into account the percentage of support they received from shareholders.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
17
Other Considerations
In addition to the three key characteristics independence, performance, experience that we use to
evaluate board members, we consider conflict-of-interest issues in making voting recommendations.
Conflicts of Interest
We believe board members should be wholly free of identifiable and substantial conflicts of
interest, regardless of the overall level of independent directors on the board. Accordingly,
we recommend that shareholders vote against the following types of affiliated or inside
directors:
1. A CFO who is on the board: In our view, the CFO holds a unique position relative to
financial reporting and disclosure to shareholders. Because of the critical importance of
financial disclosure and reporting, we believe the CFO should report to the board and not
be a member of it.
2. A director who is on an excessive number of boards: We will typically recommend voting
against a director who serves as an executive officer of any public company while serving
on more than two other public company boards and any other director who serves on more
than six public company boards typically receives an against recommendation from Glass
Lewis. Academic literature suggests that one board takes up approximately 200 hours per
year of each members time. We believe this limits the number of boards on which
directors can effectively serve, especially executives at other companies.
34
Further, we note a recent study has shown that the average number of outside board seats
held by CEOs of S&P 500 companies is 0.6, down from 0.9 in 2005 and 1.4 in
2000.
35
3. A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, providing consulting or
other material professional services to the company: These services may include legal,
consulting, or financial services. We question the need for the company to have consulting
relationships with its directors. We view such relationships as creating conflicts for
directors, since they may be forced to weigh their own interests against shareholder
interests when making board decisions. In addition, a companys decisions regarding where
to turn for the best professional services may be compromised when doing business with
the professional services firm of one of the companys directors.
4. A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, engaging in airplane,
real estate, or similar deals, including perquisite-type grants from the company,
amounting to more than $50,000: Directors who receive these sorts of payments from the
company will have to make unnecessarily complicated decisions that may pit their
interests against shareholder interests.
|
|
|
34
|
|
Our guidelines are similar to the standards set forth by the NACD in its Report
of the NACD Blue Ribbon Commission on Director Professionalism, 2001 Edition, pp. 14-15 (also cited
approvingly by the Conference Board in its Corporate Governance Best Practices: A Blueprint for the
Post-Enron Era, 2002, p. 17), which suggested that CEOs should not serve on more than 2 additional
boards, persons with full-time work should not serve on more than 4 additional boards, and others
should not serve on more than six boards.
|
|
35
|
|
Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2010, p. 8.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
18
5. Interlocking directorships: CEOs or other top executives who serve on each
others boards create an interlock that poses conflicts that should be avoided to ensure
the promotion of shareholder interests above all else.
36
6. All board members who served at a time when a poison pill was adopted without
shareholder approval within the prior twelve months.
Size of the Board of Directors
While we do not believe there is a universally applicable optimum board size, we do believe
boards should have at least five directors to ensure sufficient diversity in decision-making and
to enable the formation of key board committees with independent directors. Conversely, we
believe that boards with more than 20 members will typically suffer under the weight of too
many cooks in the kitchen and have difficulty reaching consensus and making timely decisions.
Sometimes the presence of too many voices can make it difficult to draw on the wisdom and
experience in the room by virtue of the need to limit the discussion so that each voice may
be heard.
To that end, we typically recommend voting against the chairman of the nominating committee at a
board with fewer than five directors. With boards consisting of more than 20 directors, we
typically recommend voting against all members of the nominating committee (or the governance
committee, in the absence of a nominating committee).
37
Controlled Companies
Controlled companies present an exception to our independence recommendations. The boards function is
to protect shareholder interests; however, when an individual or entity owns more than 50% of the
voting shares, the interests of the majority of shareholders
are
the interests of that entity or
individual. Consequently, Glass Lewis does not apply our usual two-thirds independence rule and
therefore we will not recommend voting against boards whose composition reflects the makeup of the
shareholder population.
Independence Exceptions
The independence exceptions that we make for controlled companies are as follows:
1. We do not require that controlled companies have boards that are at least two-thirds
independent. So long as the insiders and/or affiliates are connected with the controlling
entity, we accept the presence of non-independent board members.
2. The compensation committee and nominating and governance committees do not need to
consist solely of independent directors.
a. We believe that standing nominating and corporate governance committees at
controlled companies are unnecessary. Although having a committee charged with the
duties of searching for, selecting, and nominating independent directors can be
|
|
|
36
|
|
We do not apply a look-back period for this situation. The interlock policy
applies to both public and private companies. We will also evaluate multiple board interlocks among
non-insiders (i.e. multiple directors serving on the same boards at other companies), for evidence
of a pattern of poor oversight.
|
|
37
|
|
The Conference Board, at p. 23 in its report Corporate Governance Best Practices,
Id., quotes one of its roundtable participants as stating, [w]hen youve got a 20 or 30 person
corporate board, its one way of assuring that nothing is ever going to happen that the CEO doesnt
want to happen.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
19
beneficial, the unique composition of a controlled companys shareholder base
makes such committees weak and irrelevant.
b. Likewise, we believe that independent compensation committees at controlled
companies are unnecessary. Although independent directors are the best choice for
approving and monitoring senior executives pay, controlled companies serve a unique
shareholder population whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests. As
such, we believe that having affiliated directors on a controlled companys
compensation committee is acceptable. However, given that a controlled company has
certain obligations to minority shareholders we feel that an insider should not serve
on the compensation committee. Therefore, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against any
insider (the CEO or otherwise) serving on the compensation committee.
3. Controlled companies do not need an independent chairman or an independent lead or
presiding director. Although an independent director in a position of authority on the
board such as chairman or presiding director can best carry out the boards duties,
controlled companies serve a unique shareholder population whose voting power ensures the
protection of its interests.
4. Where an individual or entity owns more than 50% of a companys voting power but the
company is not a controlled company as defined by relevant listing standards, we apply a
lower independence requirement of a majority of the board but keep all other standards
in place. Similarly, where an individual or entity holds between 20-50% of a companys
voting power, but the company is
not
controlled and there is not a majority owner, we
will allow for proportional representation on the board and committees (excluding the audit
committee) based on the individual or entitys percentage of ownership.
Size of the Board of Directors
We have no board size requirements for controlled companies.
Audit
Committee Independence
We believe that audit committees should consist solely of independent directors. Regardless of
a companys controlled status, the interests of all shareholders must be protected by
ensuring the integrity and accuracy of the companys financial statements. Allowing affiliated
directors to oversee the preparation of financial reports could create an insurmountable
conflict of interest.
Exceptions for Recent IPOs
We believe companies that have recently completed an initial public offering (IPO) should be
allowed adequate time to fully comply with marketplace listing requirements as well as to meet basic
corporate governance standards. We believe a one-year grace period immediately following the date
of a companys IPO is sufficient time for most companies to comply with all relevant regulatory
requirements and to meet such corporate governance standards. Except in egregious cases, Glass
Lewis refrains from issuing voting recommendations on the basis of corporate governance best practices
(eg. board independence, committee membership and structure, meeting attendance, etc.) during the
one-year period following an IPO.
However, in cases where a board implements a poison pill preceding an IPO, we will consider voting
against the members of the board who served during the period of the poison pills adoption if the
board (i) did not also commit to submit the poison pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months of
the IPO
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
20
or (ii) did not provide a sound rationale for adopting the pill and the pill does not expire in three
years or less. In our view, adopting such an anti-takeover device unfairly penalizes future
shareholders who (except for electing to buy or sell the stock) are
unable to weigh in on a matter
that could potentially negatively impact their ownership interest. This notion is strengthened when a
board adopts a poison pill with a 5-10 year life immediately prior to having a public shareholder
base so as to insulate management for a substantial amount of time while postponing and/or avoiding
allowing public shareholders the ability to vote on the pills adoption. Such instances are
indicative of boards that may subvert shareholders best interests following their IPO.
Mutual Fund Boards
Mutual funds, or investment companies, are structured differently from regular public companies
(i.e., operating companies). Typically, members of a funds adviser are on the board and management
takes on a different role from that of regular public companies. Thus, we focus on a short list of
requirements, although many of our guidelines remain the same.
The following mutual fund policies are similar to the policies for regular public companies:
1. Size of the board of directors: The board should be made up of between five and twenty
directors.
2. The CFO on the board: Neither the CFO of the fund nor the CFO of the funds registered
investment adviser should serve on the board.
3. Independence of the audit committee: The audit committee should consist solely of
independent directors.
4. Audit committee financial expert: At least one member of the audit committee should be
designated as the audit committee financial expert.
The following differences from regular public companies apply at mutual funds:
1. Independence of the board: We believe that three-fourths of an investment companys board
should be made up of independent directors. This is consistent with a proposed SEC rule on
investment company boards. The Investment Company Act requires 40% of the board to be
independent, but in 2001, the SEC amended the Exemptive Rules to require that a majority of a
mutual fund board be independent. In 2005, the SEC proposed increasing the independence
threshold to 75%. In 2006, a federal appeals court ordered that this rule amendment be put
back out for public comment, putting it back into proposed rule status. Since mutual fund
boards play a vital role in overseeing the relationship between the fund and its investment
manager, there is greater need for independent oversight than there is for an operating
company board.
2. When the auditor is not up for ratification: We do not recommend voting against the audit
committee if the auditor is not up for ratification because, due to the different legal structure
of an investment company compared to an operating company, the auditor for the investment
company (i.e., mutual fund) does not conduct the same level of financial review for each
investment company as for an operating company.
3. Non-independent chairman: The SEC has proposed that the chairman of the fund board be
independent. We agree that the roles of a mutual funds chairman and CEO should be separate.
Although we believe this would be best at all companies, we recommend voting against the
chairman of an investment companys nominating committee as well as the chairman of the board
if the chairman and CEO of a mutual fund are the same person and the fund does not have an
independent lead or presiding director. Seven former SEC commissioners support the
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
21
appointment of an independent chairman and we agree with them that an independent board
chairman would be better able to create conditions favoring the long-term interests of fund
shareholders than would a chairman who is an executive of the adviser. (See the comment letter
sent to the SEC in support of the proposed rule at http://sec.gov/rules/proposed/s70304/
s70304-179.pdf)
DECLASSIFIED BOARDS
Glass Lewis favors the repeal of staggered boards and the annual election of directors. We
believe staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than boards that are elected
annually. Furthermore, we feel the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on
shareholder interests.
Empirical studies have shown: (i) companies with staggered boards reduce a firms value; and (ii) in
the context of hostile takeovers, staggered boards operate as a takeover defense, which entrenches
management, discourages potential acquirers, and delivers a lower return to target shareholders.
In our view, there is no evidence to demonstrate that staggered boards improve shareholder returns
in a takeover context. Research shows that shareholders are worse off when a staggered board blocks
a transaction. A study by a group of Harvard Law professors concluded that companies whose staggered
boards prevented a takeover reduced shareholder returns for targets ... on the order of eight to
ten percent in the nine months after a hostile bid was announced.
38
When a staggered
board negotiates a friendly transaction, no statistically significant difference in premiums
occurs.
39
Further, one of those same professors found that charter-based staggered
boards reduce the market value of a firm by 4% to 6% of its market capitalization and that
staggered boards bring about and not merely reflect this reduction in market value.
40
A
subsequent study reaffirmed that classified boards reduce shareholder value, finding that the ongoing
process of dismantling staggered boards, encouraged by institutional investors, could well contribute
to increasing shareholder wealth.
41
Shareholders have increasingly come to agree with this view. In 2010 approximately 72% of S&P 500
companies had declassified boards, up from approximately 51% in 2005.
42
Clearly, more
shareholders have supported the repeal of classified boards. Resolutions relating to the repeal of
staggered boards garnered on average over 70% support among shareholders in 2008, whereas in 1987,
only 16.4% of votes cast favored board declassification.
43
Given the empirical evidence suggesting staggered boards reduce a companys value and the increasing
shareholder opposition to such a structure, Glass Lewis supports the declassification of boards and
the annual election of directors.
|
|
|
38
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates IV, Guhan Subramanian, The
Powerful Antitakeover
Force of Staggered Boards: Further Findings and a Reply to Symposium Participants, 55
Stanford Law
Review
885-917 (2002), page 1.
|
|
39
|
|
Id. at 2 (Examining a sample of seventy-three
negotiated transactions from 2000 to 2002, we find no systematic benefits in terms of higher premia to
boards that have [staggered structures].).
|
|
40
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen, The Costs of
Entrenched Boards (2004).
|
|
41
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen and Charles C.Y. Wang, Staggered Boards and
the Wealth of Shareholders: Evidence from a Natural Experiment, SSRN:
http://ssrn.com/abstract=1706806 (2010), p. 26.
|
|
42
|
|
Spencer Stuart Board
Index, 2010, p. 14
|
|
43
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates IV and Guhan Subramanian,
The Powerful Antitakeover Force
of Staggered Boards: Theory, Evidence, and Policy,
54 Stanford Law Review
887-951 (2002).
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
22
MANDATORY DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PROVISIONS
Director Term and Age Limits
Glass Lewis believes that director age and term limits typically are not in shareholders best
interests. Too often age and term limits are used by boards as a crutch to remove board members who
have served for an extended period of time. When used in that fashion, they are indicative of a board
that has a difficult time making tough decisions.
Academic literature suggests that there is no evidence of a correlation between either length of
tenure or age and director performance. On occasion, term limits can be used as a means to remove a
director for boards that are unwilling to police their membership and to enforce turnover. Some
shareholders support term limits as a way to force change when boards are unwilling to do so.
While we understand that age limits can be a way to force change where boards are unwilling to make
changes on their own, the long-term impact of age limits restricts experienced and potentially
valuable board members from service through an arbitrary means. Further, age limits unfairly imply
that older (or, in rare cases, younger) directors cannot contribute to company oversight.
In our view, a directors experience can be a valuable asset to shareholders because of the
complex, critical issues that boards face. However, we support periodic director rotation to ensure a
fresh perspective in the boardroom and the generation of new ideas and business strategies. We
believe the board should implement such rotation instead of relying on arbitrary limits. When
necessary, shareholders can address the issue of director rotation through director elections.
We believe
that shareholders are better off monitoring the boards approach to corporate governance
and the boards stewardship of company performance rather than imposing inflexible rules that dont
necessarily correlate with returns or benefits for shareholders.
However, if a board adopts term/age limits, it should follow through and not waive such limits. If
the board waives its term/age limits, Glass Lewis will consider recommending shareholders vote
against the nominating and/or governance committees, unless the rule was waived with sufficient
explanation, such as consummation of a corporate transaction like a merger.
REQUIRING TWO OR MORE NOMINEES PER BOARD SEAT
In an attempt to address lack of access to the ballot, shareholders sometimes propose that the
board give shareholders a choice of directors for each open board seat in every election. However,
we feel that policies requiring a selection of multiple nominees for each board seat would discourage
prospective directors from accepting nominations. A prospective director could not be confident either
that he or she is the boards clear choice or that he or she would be elected. Therefore, Glass
Lewis generally will vote against such proposals.
SHAREHOLDER ACCESS
Shareholders have continuously sought a way to have a significant voice in director elections in
recent years. While most of these efforts have centered on regulatory change at the SEC, Congress
and the Obama Administration have successfully placed Proxy Access in the spotlight of the U.S.
Governments most recent corporate-governance-related financial reforms.
In July 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act). The Dodd-Frank Act provides the SEC with the authority to
adopt rules permitting shareholders to use issuer proxy solicitation materials to nominate director
candidates.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
23
The SEC received over 500 comments regarding its proposed proxy access rule, some of which
questioned the agencys authority to adopt such a rule. Nonetheless, in August 2010 the SEC adopted
final Rule 14a-11, which under certain circumstances, gives shareholders (and shareholder groups)
who have collectively held at least 3% of the voting power of a companys securities continuously for
at least three years, the right to nominate up to 25% of a boards directors and have such nominees
included on the companys ballot and described (in up to 500 words per nominee) in its proxy
statement.
While final Rule 14a-11 was originally scheduled to take effect on November 15, 2010, on October 4,
2010, the SEC announced that it would delay the rules
implementation following the filing of a
lawsuit by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business Roundtable on September 29, 2010. As a
result, it is unlikely shareholders will have the opportunity to vote on access proposals during
the 2011 proxy season.
MAJORITY VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
In stark contrast to the failure of shareholder access to gain acceptance, majority voting for
the election of directors is fast becoming the
de facto
standard in corporate board elections. In our
view, the majority voting proposals are an effort to make the case for shareholder impact on director
elections on a company-specific basis.
While this proposal would not give shareholders the opportunity to nominate directors or lead to
elections where shareholders have a choice among director candidates, if implemented, the proposal
would allow shareholders to have a voice in determining whether the nominees proposed by the board
should actually serve as the overseer-representatives of shareholders in the boardroom. We believe
this would be a favorable outcome for shareholders.
During 2010, Glass Lewis tracked just under 35 proposals to require a majority vote to elect
directors at annual meetings in the U.S., a slight decline from 46 proposals in 2009, but a sharp
contrast to the 147 proposals tracked during 2006. The general decline in the number of proposals
being submitted was a result of many companies adopting some form of majority voting, including
approximately 71% of companies in the S&P 500 index, up from 56% in 2008.
44
During 2009
these proposals received on average 59% shareholder support (based on for and against votes), up
from 54% in 2008.
The plurality vote standard
Today, most US companies still elect directors by a plurality vote standard. Under that standard, if
one shareholder holding only one share votes in favor of a nominee (including himself, if the
director is a shareholder), that nominee wins the election and assumes a seat on the board. The
common concern among companies with a plurality voting standard was the possibility that one or more
directors would not receive a majority of votes, resulting in failed elections. This was of
particular concern during the 1980s, an era of frequent takeovers and contests for control of
companies.
Advantages of a majority vote standard
If a majority vote standard were implemented, a nominee would have to receive the support of a
majority of the shares voted in order to be elected. Thus, shareholders could collectively vote to
reject a director they believe will not pursue their best interests. We think that this minimal
amount of protection for shareholders is reasonable and will not upset the corporate structure nor
reduce the willingness of qualified shareholder-focused directors to serve in the future.
|
|
|
44
|
|
Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2010, p. 14
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
24
We believe that a majority vote standard will likely lead to more attentive directors.
Occasional use of this power will likely prevent the election of directors with a record of ignoring
shareholder interests in favor of other interests that conflict with those of investors. Glass Lewis
will generally support proposals calling for the election of directors by a majority vote except for
use in contested director elections.
In response to the high level of support majority voting has garnered, many companies have
voluntarily taken steps to implement majority voting or modified approaches to majority voting. These
steps range from a modified approach requiring directors that receive a majority of withheld votes
to resign (e.g., Ashland Inc.) to actually requiring a majority vote of outstanding shares to elect
directors (e.g., Intel).
We feel that the modified approach does not go far enough because requiring a director to resign is
not the same as requiring a majority vote to elect a director and does not allow shareholders a
definitive voice in the election process. Further, under the modified approach, the corporate
governance committee could reject a resignation and, even if it accepts the resignation, the corporate
governance committee decides on the directors replacement. And since the modified approach is
usually adopted as a policy by the board or a board committee, it could be altered by the same board
or committee at any time.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
25
II. Transparency and
Integrity of Financial Reporting
AUDITOR RATIFICATION
The auditors role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the
financial information necessary for protecting shareholder value. Shareholders rely on the auditor to
ask tough questions and to do a thorough analysis of a companys books to ensure that the information
provided to shareholders is complete, accurate, fair, and that it is a reasonable representation of
a companys financial position. The only way shareholders can make rational investment decisions is if
the market is equipped with accurate information about a companys fiscal health. As stated in the
October 6, 2008 Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S.
Department of the Treasury:
The
auditor is expected to offer critical and objective judgment on the financial matters under
consideration, and actual and perceived absence of conflicts is critical to that expectation. The
Committee believes that auditors, investors, public companies, and other market participants must
understand the independence requirements and their objectives, and that auditors must adopt a
mindset of skepticism when facing situations that may compromise their independence.
As such, shareholders should demand an objective, competent and diligent auditor who performs at or
above professional standards at every company in which the investors hold an interest. Like
directors, auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and should avoid situations requiring a
choice between the auditors interests and the publics interests. Almost without exception,
shareholders should be able to annually review an auditors performance and to annually ratify a
boards auditor selection. Moreover, in October 2008, the
Advisory Committee on the Auditing
Profession went even further, and recommended that to further enhance audit committee oversight and
auditor accountability ... disclosure in the company proxy statement regarding shareholder
ratification [should] include the name(s) of the senior auditing partner(s) staffed on the
engagement.
45
Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification
We generally support managements choice of auditor except when we believe the auditors
independence or audit integrity has been compromised. Where a board has not allowed shareholders to
review and ratify an auditor, we typically recommend voting against the audit committee chairman. When
there have been material restatements of annual financial statements or material weakness in
internal controls, we usually recommend voting against the entire audit committee.
Reasons why we may not recommend ratification of an auditor include:
1. When audit fees plus audit-related fees total less than the tax fees and/or other
non-audit fees.
|
|
|
45
|
|
Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S.
Department of the Treasury. p. VIII:20, October 6, 2008.
|
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
26
2. Recent material restatements of annual financial statements, including those resulting
in the reporting of material weaknesses in internal controls and
including late filings by the
company where the auditor bears some responsibility for the restatement or late
filing.
46
3. When the auditor performs prohibited services such as tax-shelter work, tax services for
the CEO or CFO, or contingent-fee work, such as a fee based on a
percentage of economic benefit
to the company.
4. When audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the
same industry.
5. When the company has aggressive accounting policies.
6. When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in its financial statements.
7. Where the auditor limited its liability through its contract with the company or the audit
contract requires the corporation to use alternative dispute resolution procedures.
8. We also look for other relationships or concerns with the auditor that might suggest a
conflict between the auditors interests and shareholder interests.
We typically support audit-related proposals regarding mandatory auditor rotation when the proposal
uses a reasonable period of time (usually not less than 5-7 years).
PENSION ACCOUNTING ISSUES
A pension
accounting question often raised in proxy proposals is what effect, if any, projected
returns on employee pension assets should have on a companys net income. This issue often arises in
the executive-compensation context in a discussion of the extent to which pension accounting should be
reflected in business performance for purposes of calculating payments to executives.
Glass Lewis believes that pension credits should not be included in measuring income that is used
to award performance-based compensation. Because many of the assumptions used in accounting for
retirement plans are subject to the companys discretion,
management would have an obvious conflict of
interest if pay were tied to pension income. In our view, projected income from pensions does not
truly reflect a companys performance.
46
An auditor does not audit interim financial statements. Thus, we generally do not
believe that an auditor should be opposed due to a restatement of interim financial statements
unless the nature of the misstatement is clear from a reading of the incorrect financial statements.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
27
III. The Link Between
Compensation and Performance
Glass Lewis carefully reviews the compensation awarded to senior executives, as we believe that
this is an important area in which the boards priorities are revealed. Glass Lewis strongly
believes executive compensation should be linked directly with the performance of the business the
executive is charged with managing. We believe the most effective compensation arrangements provide for
an appropriate mix of performance-based short- and long-term incentives in addition to base salary.
Glass Lewis believes that comprehensive, timely and transparent disclosure of executive pay is
critical to allowing shareholders to evaluate the extent to which the pay is keeping pace with
company performance. When reviewing proxy materials, Glass Lewis examines whether the company
discloses the performance metrics used to determine executive compensation. We recognize performance
metrics must necessarily vary depending on the company and industry, among other factors, and may
include items such as total shareholder return, earning per share growth, return on equity, return
on assets and revenue growth. However, we believe companies should disclose why the specific
performance metrics were selected and how the actions they are designed to incentivize will lead to
better corporate performance.
Moreover, it is rarely in shareholders interests to disclose competitive data about individual
salaries below the senior executive level. Such disclosure could create internal personnel discord
that would be counterproductive for the company and its shareholders. While we favor full disclosure
for senior executives and we view pay disclosure at the aggregate level (e.g., the number of
employees being paid over a certain amount or in certain categories) as potentially useful, we do
not believe shareholders need or will benefit from detailed reports about individual management
employees other than the most senior executives.
ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (SAY-ON-PAY)
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), providing for sweeping financial and governance reforms. One
of the most important reforms is found in Section 951(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires
companies to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation at the first shareholder meeting that
occurs six months after enactment (January 21, 2011). Further, since section 957 of the Dodd-Frank
Act prohibits broker discretionary voting in connection with shareholder votes with respect to
executive compensation, beginning in 2011 a majority vote in support of advisory votes on executive
compensation may become more difficult for companies to obtain.
This practice of allowing shareholders a non-binding vote on a companys compensation report is
standard practice in many non-US countries, and has been a requirement for most companies in the
United Kingdom since 2003 and in Australia since 2005. Although Say-on-Pay proposals are
non-binding, a high level of against or abstain votes indicate substantial shareholder concern
about a companys compensation policies and procedures.
Given the complexity of most companies compensation programs, Glass Lewis applies a highly nuanced
approach when analyzing advisory votes on executive compensation. We review each companys
compensation on a case-by-case basis, recognizing that each company must be examined in the context
of industry, size, maturity, performance, financial condition, its historic pay for performance
practices, and any other relevant internal or external factors.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
28
We believe that each company should design and apply specific compensation policies and practices that
are appropriate to the circumstances of the company and, in particular, will attract and retain
competent executives and other staff, while motivating them to grow the companys long-term shareholder
value.
Where we find those specific policies and practices serve to reasonably align compensation with
performance, and such practices are adequately disclosed, Glass Lewis will recommend supporting the
companys approach. If, however, those specific policies and practices fail to demonstrably link
compensation with performance, Glass Lewis will generally recommend voting against the say-on-pay
proposal.
Glass Lewis focuses on four main areas when reviewing Say-on-Pay proposals:
The overall design and structure of the Companys executive compensation program including
performance metrics;
The quality and content of the Companys disclosure;
The quantum paid to executives; and
The link between compensation and performance as indicated by the Companys current and past
pay-for-performance grades
We also review any significant changes or modifications, and rationale for such changes, made to the
Companys compensation structure or award amounts, including base salaries.
Say-on-Pay Voting Recommendations
In cases
where we find deficiencies in a companys compensation programs design, implementation or
management, we will recommend that shareholders vote against the Say-on-Pay proposal. Generally
such instances include evidence of a pattern of poor pay-for-performance practices (i.e., deficient or
failing pay for performance grades), unclear or questionable disclosure regarding the overall
compensation structure (e.g., limited information regarding benchmarking processes, limited rationale
for bonus performance metrics and targets, etc.), questionable adjustments to certain aspects of the
overall compensation structure (e.g., limited rationale for significant changes to performance targets
or metrics, the payout of guaranteed bonuses or sizable retention grants, etc.), and/or other
egregious compensation practices.
Although not an exhaustive list, the following issues when weighed together may cause Glass Lewis to
recommend voting against a say-on-pay vote:
Inappropriate peer group and/or benchmarking issues
Inadequate or no rationale for changes to peer groups
Egregious or excessive bonuses, equity awards or severance payments, including golden
handshakes and golden parachutes
Guaranteed bonuses
Targeting overall levels of compensation at higher than median without adequate justification
Bonus or long-term plan targets set at less than mean or negative performance levels
Performance targets not sufficiently challenging, and/or providing for high potential payouts
Performance targets lowered, without justification
Discretionary bonuses paid when short- or long-term incentive plan targets were not met
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
29
Executive pay high relative to peers not justified by outstanding company performance
The terms of the long-term incentive plans are inappropriate (please see Long-Term
Incentives below)
In the instance that a company has simply failed to provide sufficient disclosure of its policies, we
may recommend shareholders vote against this proposal solely on this basis, regardless of the
appropriateness of compensation levels.
In the case of companies that maintain poor compensation policies year after year without any showing
they took steps to address the issues, we may also recommend that shareholders vote against the
chairman and/or additional members of the compensation committee. We may also recommend voting against
the compensation committee based on the practices or actions of its members, such as approving large
one-off payments, the inappropriate use of discretion, or sustained poor pay for performance
practices.
Short-Term Incentives
A short-term bonus or incentive (STI) should be demonstrably tied to performance. Whenever
possible, we believe a mix of corporate and individual performance measures is appropriate. We
would normally expect performance measures for STIs to be based on internal financial measures such
as net profit after tax, EPS growth and divisional profitability as well as non-financial factors such
as those related to safety, environmental issues, and customer satisfaction. However, we accept
variations from these metrics if they are tied to the Companys business drivers.
Further, the target and potential maximum awards that can be achieved under STI awards should be
disclosed. Shareholders should expect stretching performance targets for the maximum award to be
achieved. Any increase in the potential maximum award should be clearly justified to shareholders.
Glass Lewis recognizes that disclosure of some measures may include commercially confidential
information. Therefore, we believe it may be reasonable to exclude such information in some cases as
long as the company provides sufficient justification for non-disclosure. However, where a short-term
bonus has been paid, companies should disclose the extent to which performance has been achieved
against relevant targets, including disclosure of the actual target achieved.
Where management has received significant STIs but short-term performance as measured by such
indicators as increase in profit and/or EPS growth over the previous year
prima facie
appears to be
poor or negative, we believe the company should provide a clear explanation why these significant
short-term payments were made.
Long-Term Incentives
Glass Lewis recognizes the value of equity-based incentive programs. When used appropriately, they
can provide a vehicle for linking an executives pay to company performance, thereby aligning their
interests with those of shareholders. In addition, equity-based compensation can be an effective way to
attract, retain and motivate key employees.
There are certain elements that Glass Lewis believes are common to most well-structured long-term
incentive (LTI) plans. These include:
No re-testing or lowering of performance conditions
Performance metrics that cannot be easily manipulated by management
Two or more performance metrics
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
30
At least one relative performance metric that compares the companys performance to a
relevant peer group or index
Performance periods of at least three years
Stretching metrics that incentivize executives to strive for outstanding performance
Individual limits expressed as a percentage of base salary
Performance measures should be carefully selected and should relate to the specific
business/industry in which the company operates and, especially, the key value drivers of the
companys business.
Glass Lewis believes that measuring a companys performance with multiple metrics serves to provide
a more complete picture of the companys performance than a single metric, which may focus too much
management attention on a single target and is therefore more susceptible to manipulation. External
benchmarks should be disclosed and transparent, such as total shareholder return (TSR) against a
well-selected sector index, peer group or other performance hurdle. The rationale behind the
selection of a specific index or peer group should be disclosed. Internal benchmarks (e.g. earnings
per share growth) should also be disclosed and transparent, unless a cogent case for confidentiality
is made and fully explained.
We also believe shareholders should evaluate the relative success of a companys compensation
programs, particularly existing equity-based incentive plans, in linking pay and performance in
evaluating new LTI plans to determine the impact of additional stock awards. We will therefore review
the companys pay-for-performance grade, see below for more information, and specifically the
proportion of total compensation that is stock-based.
Pay for Performance
Glass Lewis believes an integral part of a well-structured compensation package is a successful link
between pay and performance. Therefore, Glass Lewis developed a proprietary pay-for-performance
model to evaluate the link between pay and performance of the top five executives at US companies.
Our model benchmarks these executives pay and company performance against four peer groups and
across seven performance metrics. Using a forced curve and a school letter-grade system, we grade
companies from A-F according to their pay-for-performance linkage. The grades guide our evaluation
of compensation committee effectiveness and we generally recommend voting against compensation committee
of companies with a pattern of failing our pay-for-performance analysis.
We also use this analysis to inform our voting decisions on say-on-pay proposals. As such, if a
company receives a failing grade from our proprietary model, we are likely to recommend
shareholders to vote against the say-on-pay proposal. However, there may be exceptions to this rule
such as when a company makes significant enhancements to its compensation programs.
Recoupment (Clawback) Provisions
Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to create a rule requiring listed companies to
adopt policies for recouping certain compensation during a three-year look-back period. The rule
applies to incentive-based compensation paid to current or former executives if the company is
required to prepare an accounting restatement due to erroneous data resulting from material
non-compliance with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws.
These recoupment provisions are more stringent than under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in
three respects: (i) the provisions extend to current or former executive officers rather than only to
the
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
31
CEO and CFO; (ii) it has a three-year look-back period (rather than a twelve-month look-back
period); and (iii) it allows for recovery of compensation based upon a financial restatement due to
erroneous data, and therefore does not require misconduct on the part of the executive or other
employees.
Frequency of Say-on-Pay
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires companies to allow shareholders a non-binding vote on the
frequency of say-on-pay votes, i.e. every one, two or three years. Additionally, Dodd-Frank requires
companies to hold such votes on the frequency of say-on-pay votes at least once every six years.
We believe companies should submit say-on-pay votes to shareholders every year. We believe that the
time and financial burdens to a company with regard to an annual vote are relatively small and
incremental and are outweighed by the benefits to shareholders through more frequent accountability.
Implementing biannual or triennial votes on executive compensation limits shareholders ability to
hold the board accountable for its compensation practices through means other than voting against the
compensation committee. Unless a company provides a compelling rationale or unique circumstances for
say-on-pay votes less frequent than annually, we will generally recommend that shareholders support
annual votes on compensation.
Vote on Golden Parachute Arrangements
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires companies to provide shareholders with a separate non-binding vote
on approval of golden parachute compensation arrangements in connection with certain
change-in-control transactions. However, if the golden parachute arrangements have previously been
subject to a say-on-pay vote which shareholders approved, then this required vote is waived.
Glass Lewis believes the narrative and tabular disclosure of golden parachute arrangements will
benefit all shareholders. Glass Lewis will analyze each golden parachute arrangement on a
case-by-case basis, taking into account, among other items: the ultimate value of the payments, the
tenure and position of the executives in question, and the type of triggers involved (single vs
double).
EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLAN PROPOSALS
We believe that equity compensation awards are useful, when not abused, for retaining employees
and providing an incentive for them to act in a way that will improve company performance. Glass
Lewis evaluates option- and other equity-based compensation plans using a detailed model and
analytical review.
Equity-based
compensation programs have important differences from cash compensation plans and bonus
programs. Accordingly, our model and analysis takes into account factors such as plan
administration, the method and terms of exercise, repricing history, express or implied rights to
reprice, and the presence of evergreen provisions.
Our analysis is quantitative and focused on the plans cost as compared with the businesss operating
metrics. We run twenty different analyses, comparing the program with absolute limits we believe are
key to equity value creation and with a carefully chosen peer group. In general, our model seeks to
determine whether the proposed plan is either absolutely excessive or is more than one standard
deviation away from the average plan for the peer group on a range of criteria, including dilution to
shareholders and the projected annual cost relative to the companys financial performance. Each of
the twenty analyses (and their constituent parts) is weighted and the plan is scored in accordance
with that weight.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
32
In our analysis, we compare the programs expected annual expense with the businesss operating
metrics to help determine whether the plan is excessive in light of company performance. We also
compare the option plans expected annual cost to the enterprise
value of the firm rather than to
market capitalization because the employees, managers and directors
of the firm contribute to the
creation of enterprise value but not necessarily market
capitalization (the biggest difference is seen
where cash represents the vast majority of market capitalization). Finally, we do not rely
exclusively on relative comparisons with averages because, in addition to creeping averages serving
to inflate compensation, we believe that academic literature proves that some absolute limits are
warranted.
We evaluate equity plans based on certain overarching principles:
1. Companies should seek more shares only when needed.
2. Requested share amounts should be small enough that companies seek shareholder approval
every three to four years (or more frequently).
3. If a plan is relatively expensive, it should not grant options solely to senior executives
and board members.
4. Annual net share count and voting power dilution should be limited.
5. Annual cost of the plan (especially if not shown on the income statement) should be
reasonable as a percentage of financial results and should be in line with the peer group.
6. The expected annual cost of the plan should be proportional to the businesss value.
7. The intrinsic value that option grantees received in the past should be reasonable compared
with the businesss financial results.
8. Plans should deliver value on a per-employee basis when compared with programs at peer
companies.
9. Plans should not permit re-pricing of stock options.
10. Plans should not contain excessively liberal administrative or payment terms.
11. Selected performance metrics should be challenging and appropriate, and should be subject
to relative performance measurements.
12. Stock grants should be subject to minimum vesting and/or holding periods sufficient to
ensure sustainable performance and promote retention.
Option Exchanges
Glass
Lewis views option repricing plans and option exchange programs with great skepticism.
Shareholders have substantial risk in owning stock and we believe that the employees, officers, and
directors who receive stock options should be similarly situated to align their interests with
shareholder interests.
We are concerned that option grantees who believe they will be rescued from underwater options will
be more inclined to take unjustifiable risks. Moreover, a predictable pattern of repricing or
exchanges substantially alters a stock options value because options that will practically never
expire deeply out of the money are worth far more than options that carry a risk of expiration.
In short, repricings and option exchange programs change the bargain between shareholders and
employees after the bargain has been struck. Re-pricing is tantamount to re-trading.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
33
There is one circumstance in which a repricing or option exchange program is acceptable: if
macroeconomic or industry trends, rather than specific company issues, cause a stocks value to
decline dramatically and the repricing is necessary to motivate and retain employees. In this
circumstance, we think it fair to conclude that option grantees may be suffering from a risk that was
not foreseeable when the original bargain was struck. In such a circumstance, we will recommend
supporting a repricing only if the following conditions are true:
(i) officers and board members cannot not participate in the program;
(ii) the stock decline mirrors the market or industry price decline in terms of timing and
approximates the decline in magnitude;
(iii) the exchange is value-neutral or value-creative to shareholders using very conservative
assumptions and with a recognition of the adverse selection problems inherent in voluntary
programs; and
(iv) management and the board make a cogent case for needing to motivate and retain existing
employees, such as being in a competitive employment market.
Option Backdating, Spring-Loading, and Bullet-Dodging
Glass Lewis views option backdating, and the related practices of spring-loading and bullet-dodging,
as egregious actions that warrant holding the appropriate management and board members responsible.
These practices are similar to re-pricing options and eliminate much of the downside risk inherent in
an option grant that is designed to induce recipients to maximize shareholder return.
Backdating an option is the act of changing an options grant date from the actual grant date to an
earlier date when the market price of the underlying stock was lower, resulting in a lower exercise
price for the option. Glass Lewis has identified over 270 companies that have disclosed internal or
government investigations into their past stock-option grants.
Spring-loading is granting stock options while in possession of material, positive information that has
not been disclosed publicly. Bullet-dodging is delaying the grants of stock options until after the
release of material, negative information. This can allow option grants to be made at a lower price
either before the release of positive news or following the release of negative news, assuming the
stocks price will move up or down in response to the information. This raises a concern similar to
that of insider trading, or the trading on material non-public information.
The exercise price for an option is determined on the day of grant, providing the recipient with the
same market risk as an investor who bought shares on that date. However, where options were
backdated, the executive or the board (or the compensation committee) changed the grant date
retroactively. The new date may be at or near the lowest price for the year or period. This would be
like allowing an investor to look back and select the lowest price of the year at which to buy
shares.
A 2006 study of option grants made between 1996 and 2005 at 8,000 companies found that option
backdating can be an indication of poor internal controls. The study found that option backdating was
more likely to occur at companies without a majority independent board and with a long-serving CEO;
both factors, the study concluded, were associated with greater CEO influence on the companys
compensation and governance practices.
47
Where a company granted backdated options to an executive who is also a director, Glass Lewis will
recommend voting against that executive/director, regardless of who decided to make the award. In
47
Lucian Bebchuk, Yaniv Grinstein and Urs Peyer. LUCKY CEOs. November, 2006.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
34
addition, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against those directors who either approved or
allowed the backdating. Glass Lewis feels that executives and directors who either benefited from
backdated options or authorized the practice have breached their fiduciary responsibility to
shareholders.
Given the severe tax and legal liabilities to the company from backdating, Glass Lewis will consider
recommending voting against members of the audit committee who served when options were backdated, a
restatement occurs, material weaknesses in internal controls exist and disclosures indicate there
was a lack of documentation. These committee members failed in their responsibility to ensure the
integrity of the companys financial reports.
When a company has engaged in spring-loading or bullet-dodging, Glass Lewis will consider
recommending voting against the compensation committee members where there has been a pattern of
granting options at or near historic lows. Glass Lewis will also recommend voting against executives
serving on the board who benefited from the spring-loading or bullet-dodging.
162(m) Plans
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code allows companies to deduct compensation in excess of $1
million for the CEO and the next three most highly compensated executive officers, excluding the CFO,
upon shareholder approval of the excess compensation. Glass Lewis recognizes the value of executive
incentive programs and the tax benefit of shareholder-approved incentive plans.
We believe the best practice for companies is to provide robust disclosure to shareholders so that
they can make fully-informed judgments about the reasonableness of the proposed compensation plan.
To allow for meaningful shareholder review, we prefer that disclosure should include specific
performance metrics, a maximum award pool, and a maximum award amount per employee. We also believe
it is important to analyze the estimated grants to see if they are reasonable and in line with the
companys peers.
We typically recommend voting against a 162(m) plan where: a company fails to provide at least a
list of performance targets; a company fails to provide one of either a total pool or an individual
maximum; or the proposed plan is excessive when compared with the plans of the companys peers.
The companys record of aligning pay with performance (as evaluated using our proprietary
pay-for-performance model) also plays a role in our recommendation. Where a company has a record of
setting reasonable pay relative to business performance, we generally recommend voting in favor of a
plan even if the plan caps seem large relative to peers because we recognize the value in special
pay arrangements for continued exceptional performance.
As with all other issues we review, our goal is to provide consistent but contextual advice given
the specifics of the company and ongoing performance. Overall, we recognize that it is generally not
in shareholders best interests to vote against such a plan and
forgo the potential tax benefit since
shareholder rejection of such plans will not curtail the awards; it will only prevent the tax
deduction associated with them.
Director Compensation Plans
Glass Lewis believes that non-employee directors should receive reasonable and appropriate
compensation for the time and effort they spend serving on the board and its committees. Director fees
should be competitive in order to retain and attract qualified individuals. But excessive fees
represent a financial cost to the company and threaten to compromise the objectivity and independence
of non-employee directors. Therefore, a balance is required. We will consider recommending
supporting compensation plans that include option grants or other equity-based awards that help to
align the
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
35
interests of outside directors with those of shareholders. However, equity grants to directors
should not be performance-based to ensure directors are not incentivized in the same manner as
executives but rather serve as a check on imprudent risk-taking in executive compensation plan design.
Glass Lewis uses a proprietary model and analyst review to evaluate the costs of equity plans
compared to the plans of peer companies with similar market capitalizations. We use the results of
this model to guide our voting recommendations on stock-based director compensation plans.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
36
IV. Governance Structure
and the Shareholder Franchise
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Glass Lewis believes that poison pill plans are not generally in shareholders best interests. They
can reduce management accountability by substantially limiting opportunities for corporate takeovers.
Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a buy-out premium for their stock.
Typically we recommend that shareholders vote against these plans to protect their financial
interests and ensure that they have an opportunity to consider any offer for their shares,
especially those at a premium.
We believe
boards should be given wide latitude in directing company activities and in charting the
companys course. However, on an issue such as this, where the link between the shareholders
financial interests and their right to consider and accept buyout offers is substantial, we believe
that shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether they support such a plans implementation.
This issue is different from other matters that are typically left to board discretion. Its potential
impact on and relation to shareholders is direct and substantial. It is also an issue in which
management interests may be different from those of shareholders; thus, ensuring that shareholders
have a voice is the only way to safeguard their interests.
In certain circumstances, we will support a poison pill that is limited in scope to accomplish a
particular objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that contains what we
believe to be a reasonable qualifying offer clause. We will consider supporting a poison pill plan if
the qualifying offer clause includes the following attributes: (i) The form of offer is not required
to be an all-cash transaction; (ii) the offer is not required to remain open for more than 90
business days; (iii) the offeror is permitted to amend the offer, reduce the offer, or otherwise change
the terms; (iv) there is no fairness opinion requirement; and (v) there is a low to no premium
requirement. Where these requirements are met, we typically feel comfortable that shareholders will
have the opportunity to voice their opinion on any legitimate offer.
NOL Poison Pills
Similarly, Glass Lewis may consider supporting a limited
poison pill in the unique event that a
company seeks shareholder approval of a rights plan for the express purpose of preserving Net
Operating Losses (NOLs). While companies with NOLs can generally carry these losses forward to offset
future taxable income, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code limits companies ability to use
NOLs in the event of a change of ownership.
48
In this case, a company may adopt or
amend a poison pill (NOL pill) in order to prevent an inadvertent change of ownership by multiple
investors purchasing small chunks of stock at the same time, and thereby preserve the ability to
carry the NOLs forward. Often such NOL pills have trigger thresholds much lower than the common 15%
or 20% thresholds, with some NOL pill triggers as low as 5%.
Glass Lewis evaluates NOL pills on a strictly case-by-case basis taking into consideration, among
other factors, the value of the NOLs to the company, the likelihood of a change of ownership based
on the size
48
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code refers to a change of ownership of
more than 50 percentage points by one or more 5% shareholders within a three-year period. The
statute is intended to deter the trafficking of net operating losses.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
37
of the holding and the nature of the larger shareholders, the trigger threshold and whether
the term of the plan is limited in duration (i.e., whether it contains a reasonable sunset
provision) or is subject to periodic board review and/or shareholder ratification. However, we will
recommend that shareholders vote against a proposal to adopt or amend a pill to include NOL
protective provisions if the company has adopted a more narrowly tailored means of preventing a
change in control to preserve its NOLs. For example, a company may limit share transfers in its
charter to prevent a change of ownership from occurring.
Furthermore, we believe that shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote on any adoption
or renewal of a NOL pill regardless of any potential tax benefit that it offers a company. As such, we
will consider recommending voting against those members of the board who served at the time when an
NOL pill was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months and where the NOL
pill is not subject to shareholder ratification.
Fair Price Provisions
Fair price provisions, which are rare, require that certain minimum price and procedural
requirements be observed by any party that acquires more than a specified percentage of a
corporations common stock. The provision is intended to protect minority shareholder value when an
acquirer seeks to accomplish a merger or other transaction which would eliminate or change the
interests of the minority stockholders. The provision is generally applied against the acquirer
unless the takeover is approved by a majority of continuing directors and holders of a majority,
in some cases a supermajority as high as 80%, of the combined voting power of all stock entitled to
vote to alter, amend, or repeal the above provisions.
The effect of a fair price provision is to require approval of any merger or business combination
with an interested stockholder by 51% of the voting stock of the company, excluding the shares
held by the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is generally considered to be a
holder of 10% or more of the companys outstanding stock, but the trigger can vary.
Generally, provisions are put in place for the ostensible purpose of preventing a back-end merger
where the interested stockholder would be able to pay a lower price for the remaining shares of the
company than he or she paid to gain control. The effect of a fair price provision on shareholders,
however, is to limit their ability to gain a premium for their shares through a partial tender offer
or open market acquisition which typically raise the share price, often significantly. A fair price
provision discourages such transactions because of the potential costs of seeking shareholder
approval and because of the restrictions on purchase price for completing a merger or other
transaction at a later time.
Glass Lewis believes that fair price provisions, while sometimes protecting shareholders from abuse
in a takeover situation, more often act as an impediment to takeovers, potentially limiting gains to
shareholders from a variety of transactions that could significantly increase share price. In some
cases, even the independent directors of the board cannot make exceptions when such exceptions may be
in the best interests of shareholders. Given the existence of state law protections for minority
shareholders such as Section 203 of the Delaware Corporations Code, we believe it is in the best
interests of shareholders to remove fair price provisions.
REINCORPORATION
In general, Glass Lewis believes that the board is in the best position to determine the
appropriate jurisdiction of incorporation for the company. When examining a management proposal to
reincorporate to a different state or country, we review the relevant financial benefits, generally
related to improved corporate tax treatment, as well as changes in corporate governance provisions,
especially those relating
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
38
to shareholder rights, resulting from the change in domicile. Where the financial benefits are
de
minimis
and there is a decrease in shareholder rights, we will recommend voting against the
transaction.
However,
costly, shareholder-initiated reincorporations are typically not the best route to achieve
the furtherance of shareholder rights. We believe shareholders are generally better served by
proposing specific shareholder resolutions addressing pertinent issues which may be implemented at a
lower cost, and perhaps even with board approval. However, when shareholders propose a shift into a
jurisdiction with enhanced shareholder rights, Glass Lewis examines the significant ways would the
Company benefit from shifting jurisdictions including the following:
1. Is the board sufficiently independent?
2.
Does the Company have anti-takeover protections such as a poison pill or classified board in
place?
3. Has the board been previously unresponsive to shareholders (such as failing to implement a
shareholder proposal that received majority shareholder support)?
4. Do shareholders have the right to call special meetings of shareholders?
5. Are there other material governance issues at the Company?
6. Has the Companys performance matched or exceeded its peers in the past one and three
years?
7. How has the Company ranked in Glass Lewis pay-for-performance analysis during the last
three years?
8. Does the company have an independent chairman?
We note, however, that we will only support shareholder proposals to change a companys place of
incorporation in exceptional circumstances.
AUTHORIZED SHARES
Glass Lewis believes that adequate capital stock is important to a companys operation. When
analyzing a request for additional shares, we typically review four common reasons why a company
might need additional capital stock:
(i) Stock Split We typically consider three metrics when evaluating whether we think a stock
split is likely or necessary: The historical stock pre-split price, if any; the current price
relative to the companys most common trading price over the past 52 weeks; and some absolute
limits on stock price that, in our view, either always make a stock split appropriate if
desired by management or would almost never be a reasonable price at which to split a stock.
(ii) Shareholder Defenses Additional authorized shares could be used to bolster takeover
defenses such as a poison pill. Proxy filings often discuss the usefulness of additional
shares in defending against or discouraging a hostile takeover as a reason for a requested
increase. Glass Lewis is typically against such defenses and will oppose actions intended to
bolster such defenses.
(iii) Financing for Acquisitions We look at whether the company has a history of using stock
for acquisitions and attempt to determine what levels of stock have typically been required to
accomplish such transactions. Likewise, we look to see whether this is discussed as a reason
for additional shares in the proxy.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
39
(iv) Financing for Operations We review the companys cash position and its ability to secure
financing through borrowing or other means. We look at the companys history of capitalization
and whether the company has had to use stock in the recent past as a means of raising
capital.
Issuing additional shares can dilute existing holders in limited circumstances. Further, the
availability of additional shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can
often serve as a deterrent to interested suitors. Accordingly, where
we find that the company has not
detailed a plan for use of the proposed shares, or where the number of shares far exceeds those
needed to accomplish a detailed plan, we typically recommend against the authorization of additional
shares.
While we think that having adequate shares to allow management to make quick decisions and
effectively operate the business is critical, we prefer that, for significant transactions, management
come to shareholders to justify their use of additional shares rather than providing a blank check in
the form of a large pool of unallocated shares available for any purpose.
ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
FOR SHAREHOLDER BALLOT PROPOSALS
We typically recommend that shareholders vote against proposals that would require advance
notice of shareholder proposals or of director nominees.
These
proposals typically attempt to require a certain amount of notice before shareholders are
allowed to place proposals on the ballot. Notice requirements typically range between three to six
months prior to the annual meeting. Advance notice requirements typically make it impossible for a
shareholder who misses the deadline to present a shareholder proposal or a director nominee that
might be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders.
We believe shareholders should be able to review and vote on all proposals and director nominees.
Shareholders can always vote against proposals that appear with little prior notice. Shareholders, as
owners of a business, are capable of identifying issues on which they have sufficient information and
ignoring issues on which they have insufficient information. Setting arbitrary notice restrictions limits
the opportunity for shareholders to raise issues that may come up after the window closes.
VOTING STRUCTURE
Cumulative Voting
Cumulative voting increases the ability of minority shareholders to elect a director by allowing
shareholders to cast as many shares of the stock they own multiplied by the number of directors to
be elected. As companies generally have multiple nominees up for election, cumulative voting allows
shareholders to cast all of their votes for a single nominee, or a smaller number of nominees than
up for election, thereby raising the likelihood of electing one or more of their preferred nominees
to the board. It can be important when a board is controlled by insiders or affiliates and where the
companys ownership structure includes one or more shareholders who control a majority-voting block
of company stock.
Glass Lewis believes that cumulative voting generally acts as a safeguard for shareholders by
ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares can elect a candidate of their
choosing to the board. This allows the creation of boards that are responsive to the interests of
all shareholders rather than just a small group of large holders.
However, academic literature indicates that where a highly independent board is in place and the
company has a shareholder-friendly governance structure, shareholders
may be better off without
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
40
cumulative voting. The analysis underlying this literature indicates that shareholder returns at firms
with good governance structures are lower and that boards can become factionalized and prone to
evaluating the needs of special interests over the general interests of shareholders collectively.
We review cumulative voting proposals on a case-by-case basis, factoring in the independence of the
board and the status of the companys governance structure. But
we typically find these proposals on
ballots at companies where independence is lacking and where the appropriate checks and balances
favoring shareholders are not in place. In those instances we typically recommend in favor of
cumulative voting.
Where a company has adopted
a true majority vote standard (i.e., where a director must receive a
majority of votes cast to be elected, as opposed to a modified policy indicated by a resignation
policy only), Glass Lewis will recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals due to the
incompatibility of the two election methods. For companies that have not adopted a true majority
voting standard but have adopted some form of majority voting, Glass Lewis will also generally
recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals if the company has not adopted antitakeover
protections and has been responsive to shareholders.
Where a company has not adopted a majority voting standard and is facing both a shareholder proposal
to adopt majority voting and a shareholder proposal to adopt cumulative voting, Glass Lewis will
support only the majority voting proposal. When a company has both majority voting and cumulative
voting in place, there is a higher likelihood of one or more directors not being elected as a result
of not receiving a majority vote. This is because shareholders exercising the right to cumulate
their votes could unintentionally cause the failed election of one or more directors for whom
shareholders do not cumulate votes.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
Glass Lewis believes that supermajority vote requirements impede shareholder action on ballot items
critical to shareholder interests. An example is in the takeover context, where supermajority vote
requirements can strongly limit the voice of shareholders in making decisions on such crucial
matters as selling the business. This in turn degrades share value and can limit the possibility of
buyout premiums to shareholders. Moreover, we believe that a supermajority vote requirement can
enable a small group of shareholders to overrule the will of the majority shareholders. We believe
that a simple majority is appropriate to approve all matters presented to shareholders.
TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS
AT AN ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
We typically recommend that shareholders not give their proxy to management to vote on any
other business items that may properly come before the annual meeting. In our opinion, granting
unfettered discretion is unwise.
ANTI-GREENMAIL PROPOSALS
Glass Lewis will support proposals to adopt a provision preventing the payment of greenmail,
which would serve to prevent companies from buying back company stock at significant premiums from a
certain shareholder. Since a large or majority shareholder could attempt to compel a board into
purchasing its shares at a large premium, the anti-greenmail provision would generally require that
a majority of shareholders other than the majority shareholder approve the buyback.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
41
MUTUAL FUNDS: INVESTMENT POLICIES AND ADVISORY AGREEMENTS
Glass Lewis believes that decisions about a funds structure and/or a funds relationship with
its investment advisor or sub-advisors are generally best left to management and the members of the
board, absent a showing of egregious or illegal conduct that might threaten shareholder value. As
such, we focus our analyses of such proposals on the following main areas:
The terms of any amended advisory or sub-advisory agreement;
Any changes in the fee structure paid to the investment advisor; and
Any material changes to the funds investment objective or strategy.
We generally support amendments to a funds investment advisory agreement absent a material change
that is not in the best interests of shareholders. A significant increase in the fees paid to an
investment advisor would be reason for us to consider recommending voting against a proposed
amendment to an investment advisory agreement. However, in certain cases, we are more inclined to
support an increase in advisory fees if such increases result from being performance-based rather
than asset-based. Furthermore, we generally support sub-advisory agreements between a funds
advisor and sub-advisor, primarily because the fees received by the sub-advisor are paid by the
advisor, and not by the fund.
In matters pertaining to a funds investment objective or strategy, we believe shareholders are best
served when a funds objective or strategy closely resembles the investment discipline shareholders
understood and selected when they initially bought into the fund. As such, we generally recommend
voting against amendments to a funds investment objective or strategy when the proposed changes
would leave shareholders with stakes in a fund that is noticeably different than when originally
contemplated, and which could therefore potentially negatively impact some investors diversification
strategies.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
42
V. Compensation, Environmental, Social and
Governance Shareholder Initiatives
Glass Lewis typically prefers to leave decisions regarding day-to-day management and policy
decisions, including those related to social, environmental or political issues, to management and
the board, except when there is a clear link between the proposal and value enhancement or risk
mitigation. We feel strongly that shareholders should not attempt to micromanage the company, its
businesses or its executives through the shareholder initiative process. Rather, we believe
shareholders should use their influence to push for governance structures that protect shareholders
and promote director accountability. Shareholders should then put in place a board they can trust
to make informed decisions that are in the best interests of the business and its owners, and then
hold directors accountable for management and policy decisions through board elections. However, we
recognize that support of appropriately crafted shareholder initiatives may at times serve to promote
or protect shareholder value.
To this end, Glass Lewis evaluates shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis. We generally
recommend supporting shareholder proposals calling for the elimination of, as well as to require
shareholder approval of, antitakeover devices such as poison pills and classified boards. We
generally recommend supporting proposals likely to increase and/or protect shareholder value and
also those that promote the furtherance of shareholder rights. In addition, we also generally
recommend supporting proposals that promote director accountability and those that seek to improve
compensation practices, especially those promoting a closer link between compensation and performance.
The following is a discussion of Glass Lewis approach to certain common shareholder resolutions. We
note that the following is not an exhaustive list of all shareholder proposals.
COMPENSATION
Glass Lewis carefully reviews executive compensation since we believe that this is an important
area in which the boards priorities and effectiveness are revealed. Executives should be compensated
with appropriate base salaries and incentivized with additional awards in cash and equity only when
their performance and that of the company warrants such rewards. Compensation, especially when also
in line with the compensation paid by the companys peers, should lead to positive results for
shareholders and ensure the use of appropriate incentives that drives those results over time.
However, as a general rule, Glass Lewis does not believe shareholders should be involved in the
approval and negotiation of compensation packages. Such matters should be left to the boards
compensation committee, which can be held accountable for its decisions through the election of
directors. Therefore, Glass Lewis closely scrutinizes shareholder proposals relating to compensation
to determine if the requested action or disclosure has already accomplished or mandated and whether
it allows sufficient, appropriate discretion to the board to design and implement reasonable
compensation programs.
Disclosure of Individual Compensation
Glass
Lewis believes that disclosure of information regarding compensation is critical to allowing
shareholders to evaluate the extent to which a companys pay is based on performance. However, we
recognize that the SEC currently mandates significant executive compensation disclosure. In some
cases, providing information beyond that which is required by the SEC, such as the details of
individual employment agreements of employees below the senior level, could create internal
personnel tension or put the company at a competitive disadvantage, prompting employee poaching by
competitors. Further,
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
43
it is
difficult to see how this information would be beneficial to shareholders. Given these concerns,
Glass Lewis typically does not believe that shareholders would benefit from additional disclosure of
individual compensation packages beyond the significant level that is already required; we therefore
typically recommend voting against shareholder proposals seeking such detailed disclosure. We will,
however, review each proposal on a case by basis, taking into account the companys history of
aligning executive compensation and the creation of shareholder value.
Linking Pay with Performance
Glass Lewis views performance-based compensation as an effective means of motivating executives to act in
the best interests of shareholders. In our view, an executives compensation should be specific to the
company and its performance, as well as tied to the executives achievements within the company.
However, when firms have inadequately linked executive compensation and company performance we will
consider recommending supporting reasonable proposals seeking that a percentage of equity awards be
tied to performance criteria. We will also consider supporting appropriately crafted proposals
requesting that the compensation committee include multiple performance metrics when setting executive
compensation, provided that the terms of the shareholder proposal are not overly prescriptive. Though
boards often argue that these types of restrictions unduly hinder their ability to attract talent we
believe boards can develop an effective, consistent and reliable approach to remuneration utilizing a
wide range (and an appropriate mix) of fixed and performance-based compensation.
Retirement Benefits & Severance
As a general rule, Glass Lewis believes that shareholders should not be involved in the approval of
individual severance plans. Such matters should be left to the boards compensation committee, which
can be held accountable for its decisions through the election of its director members.
However,
when proposals are crafted to only require approval if the benefit exceeds 2.99 times the
amount of the executives base salary plus bonus, Glass Lewis typically supports such requests.
Above this threshold, based on the executives average annual compensation for the most recent five
years, the company can no longer deduct severance payments as an expense, and thus shareholders are
deprived of a valuable benefit without an offsetting incentive to the executive. We believe that
shareholders should be consulted before relinquishing such a right, and we believe implementing such
policies would still leave companies with sufficient freedom to enter into appropriate severance
arrangements.
Following the passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
(Dodd-Frank), the SEC proposed rules that would require that public companies hold advisory
shareholder votes on compensation arrangements and understandings in connection with merger
transactions, also known as golden parachute transactions. However, the SEC has not finalized the
rules in time for the 2011 proxy season and therefore we expect to continue to see shareholder
proposals on merger-triggered severance agreements as well as those not related to mergers.
Bonus Recoupments (Clawbacks)
We believe it is prudent for boards to adopt detailed and stringent policies whereby, in the event
of a restatement of financial results, the board will review all performance related bonuses and
awards made to senior executives during the period covered by a restatement and will, to the extent
feasible, recoup such bonuses to the extent that performance goals were not achieved. While the
Dodd-Frank Act mandates that all companies adopt clawback policies that will require companies to
develop a policy to recover compensation paid to current and former executives erroneously paid
during the three
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
44
year prior to a restatement, the SEC has yet to finalize the relevant rules. As a result, we expect
to see shareholder proposals regarding clawbacks in the upcoming proxy season.
When examining proposals requesting that companies adopt recoupment policies, Glass Lewis will first
review any relevant policies currently in place. When the board has
already committed to a proper
course, and the current policy covers the major tenets of the proposal, we see no need for further
action. Further, in some instances, shareholder proposals may call for board action that contravenes
legal obligations under existing employment agreements. In other cases proposals may excessively
limit the boards ability to exercise judgment and reasonable discretion, which may or may not be
warranted, depending on the specific situation of the company in question. We believe it is reasonable
that a mandatory recoupment policy should only affect senior executives and those directly
responsible for the companys accounting errors.
We note that where a company is entering into a new executive employment contract that does not
include a clawback provision and the company has had a material restatement in the recent past,
Glass Lewis will recommend voting against the responsible members of the compensation committee. The
compensation committee has an obligation to shareholders to include reasonable controls in executive
contracts to prevent payments in the case of inappropriate behavior.
Golden Coffins
Glass Lewis does not believe that the payment of substantial, unearned posthumous compensation
provides an effective incentive to executives or aligns the interests of executives with those of
shareholders. Glass Lewis firmly believes that compensation paid to executives should be clearly
linked to the creation of shareholder value. As such, Glass Lewis favors compensation plans centered
on the payment of awards contingent upon the satisfaction of sufficiently stretching and appropriate
performance metrics. The payment of posthumous unearned and unvested awards should be subject to
shareholder approval, if not removed from compensation policies entirely. Shareholders should be
skeptical regarding any positive benefit they derive from costly payments made to executives who are no
longer in any position to affect company performance.
To that end, we will consider supporting a reasonably crafted shareholder proposal seeking to
prohibit, or require shareholder approval of, the making or promising
of any survivor benefit
payments to senior executives estates or beneficiaries. We will not recommend supporting proposals
that would, upon passage, violate existing contractual obligations or the terms of compensation plans
currently in effect.
Retention of Shares until Retirement
We strongly support the linking of executive pay to the creation of long-term sustainable shareholder
value and therefore believe shareholders should encourage executives to retain some level of shares
acquired through equity compensation programs to provide continued alignment with shareholders.
However, generally we do not believe that requiring senior executives to retain all or an unduly
high percentage of shares acquired through equity compensation programs following the termination of
their employment is the most effective or desirable way to accomplish this goal. Rather, we believe
that restricting executives ability to exercise all or a supermajority of otherwise vested equity
awards until they leave the company may hinder the ability of the compensation committee to both
attract and retain executive talent. In our view, otherwise qualified and willing candidates could be
dissuaded from accepting employment if he/she believes that his/her compensation could be dramatically
affected by financial results unrelated to their own personal performance or tenure at the company.
Alternatively, an overly strict policy could encourage existing employees to quit in order to realize
the value locked in their incentive awards. As such, we will not typically recommend supporting
proposals requiring the
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
45
retention of significant amounts of equity compensation following termination of employment at target
firms.
Tax Gross-Ups
Tax
gross-ups can act as an anti-takeover measure, as larger payouts to executives result in larger
gross-ups, which could artificially inflate the ultimate purchase price under a takeover or merger
scenario. Additionally, gross-ups can result in opaque compensation packages where shareholders are
unlikely to be aware of the total compensation an executive may receive. Further, we believe that in
instances where companies have severance agreements in place for executives, payments made pursuant
to such arrangements are often large enough to soften the blow of any additional excise taxes.
Finally, such payments are not performance based, providing no incentive to recipients and, if
large, can be a significant cost to companies.
Given the above, we will typically recommend supporting proposals requesting that a compensation
committee adopt a policy that it will not make or promise to make to its senior executives any tax
gross-up payments, except those applicable to management employees of the company generally, such
as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.
Linking Executive Pay to Environmental and Social Criteria
We recognize that a companys involvement in environmentally sensitive and labor-intensive
industries influences the degree to which a firms overall strategy must weigh environmental and
social concerns. However, we also understand that the value generated by incentivizing executives to
prioritize environmental and social issues is difficult to quantify and therefore measure, and
necessarily varies among industries and companies.
When
reviewing such proposals seeking to tie executive compensation to environmental or social
practices, we will review the target firms compliance with (or contravention of) applicable laws and
regulations, and examine any history of environmental and social related concerns including those
resulting in material investigations, lawsuits, fines and
settlements. We will also review the firms
current compensation policies and practice. However, with respect to executive compensation, Glass
Lewis generally believes that such policies should be left to the compensation committee.
GOVERNANCE
Declassification of the Board
Glass Lewis believes that classified boards (or staggered boards) do not serve the best interests
of shareholders. Empirical studies have shown that: (i) companies with classified boards may show a
reduction in firm value; (ii) in the context of hostile takeovers, classified boards operate as a
takeover defense, which entrenches management, discourages potential acquirers and delivers less
return to shareholders; and (iii) companies with classified boards are less likely to receive
takeover bids than those with single class boards. Annual election of directors provides increased
accountability and requires directors to focus on the interests of shareholders. When companies
have classified boards shareholders are deprived of the right to voice annual opinions on the
quality of oversight exercised by their representatives.
Given the above, Glass Lewis believes that classified boards are not in the best interests of
shareholders and will continue to recommend shareholders support proposals seeking their repeal.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
46
Right of Shareholders to Call a Special Meeting
Glass Lewis strongly believes that shareholders should have the ability to call meetings of
shareholders between annual meetings to consider matters that require prompt attention. However, in
order to prevent abuse and waste of corporate resources by a small minority of shareholders, we
believe that shareholders representing at least a sizable minority of shares must support such a
meeting prior to its calling. Should the threshold be set too low, companies might frequently be
subjected to meetings whose effect could be the disruption of normal business operations in order to
focus on the interests of only a small minority of owners. Typically we believe this threshold
should not fall below 10-15% of shares, depending on company size.
In our case-by-case evaluations, we consider the following:
Company size
Shareholder base in both percentage of ownership and type of shareholder (e.g., hedge fund,
activist investor, mutual fund, pension fund, etc.)
Responsiveness of board and management to shareholders evidenced by progressive
shareholder rights policies (e.g., majority voting, declassifying boards, etc.) and reaction to
shareholder proposals
Company performance and steps taken to improve bad performance (e.g., new executives/
directors, spin-offs, etc.)
Existence of anti-takeover protections or other entrenchment devices
Opportunities for shareholder action (e.g., ability to act by written consent)
Existing ability for shareholders to call a special meeting
Right of Shareholders to Act by Written Consent
Glass Lewis strongly supports shareholders right to act by written consent. The right to act by
written consent enables shareholders to take action on important issues that arise between annual
meetings. However, we believe such rights should be limited to at least the minimum number of votes
that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to
vote were present and voting.
In addition to evaluating the threshold for which written consent may be used (e.g. majority of votes
cast or outstanding), we will consider the following when evaluating such shareholder proposals:
Company size
Shareholder base in both percentage of ownership and type of shareholder (e.g., hedge fund,
activist investor, mutual fund, pension fund, etc.)
Responsiveness of board and management to shareholders evidenced by progressive
shareholder rights policies (e.g., majority voting, declassifying boards, etc.) and reaction to
shareholder proposals
Company performance and steps taken to improve bad performance (e.g., new executives/
directors, spin offs, etc.)
Existence of anti-takeover protections or other entrenchment devices
Opportunities for shareholder action (e.g., ability and threshold to call a special meeting)
Existing ability for shareholders to act by written consent
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
47
Board Composition
Glass Lewis believes the selection and screening process for identifying suitably qualified candidates
for a companys board of directors is one which requires the judgment of many factors, including
the balance of skills and talents, the breadth of experience and diversity of candidates and
existing board members. Diversity of skills, abilities and points of view can foster the development
of a more creative, effective and dynamic board. In general, however, we do not believe that it is in
the best interests of shareholders for firms to be beholden to arbitrary rules regarding its board,
or committee, composition. We believe such matters should be left to a boards nominating committee,
which is generally responsible for establishing and implementing policies regarding the composition
of the board. Members of this committee may be held accountable through the director election
process. However, we will consider supporting reasonable, well-crafted proposals to increase board
diversity where there is evidence a boards lack of diversity lead to a decline in shareholder
value.
Reimbursement of Solicitation Expenses
Where a dissident shareholder is seeking reimbursement for expenses incurred in waging a contest or
submitting a shareholder proposal and has received the support of a majority of shareholders, Glass
Lewis generally will recommend in favor of reimbursing the dissident for reasonable expenses. In
those rare cases where a shareholder has put his or her own time and money into organizing a
successful campaign to unseat a poorly performing director (or directors) or sought support for a
shareholder proposal, we feel that the shareholder should be entitled to reimbursement of expenses
by other shareholders, via the company. We believe that, in such cases, shareholders express their
agreement by virtue of their majority vote for the dissident (or the shareholder proposal) and will
share in the expected improvement in company performance.
Majority Vote for the Election of Directors
If a majority vote standard were implemented, shareholders could collectively vote to reject a
director they believe will not pursue their best interests. We think that this minimal amount of
protection for shareholders is reasonable and will not upset the corporate structure nor reduce the
willingness of qualified shareholder-focused directors to serve in the future.
We believe
that a majority vote standard will likely lead to more attentive directors. Further,
occasional use of this power will likely prevent the election of directors with a record of ignoring
shareholder interests. Glass Lewis will generally support shareholder proposals calling for the
election of directors by a majority vote, except for use in contested director elections.
Cumulative Vote for the Election of Directors
Glass Lewis believes that cumulative voting generally acts as a safeguard for shareholders by
ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares can elect a candidate of their
choosing to the board. This allows the creation of boards that are responsive to the interests of
all shareholders rather than just a small group of large holders. However, when a company has both
majority voting and cumulative voting in place, there is a higher likelihood of one or more directors
not being elected as a result of not receiving a majority vote. This is because shareholders
exercising the right to cumulate their votes could unintentionally cause the failed election of one
or more directors for whom shareholders do not cumulate votes.
Given the above, where a company (i) has adopted a true majority vote standard; (ii) has
simultaneously proposed a management-initiated true majority vote standard; or (iii) is
simultaneously the target of a
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
48
true majority vote standard shareholder proposal, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against
cumulative voting proposals due to the potential incompatibility of the two election methods.
For companies that have not adopted a true majority voting standard but have adopted some form of
majority voting, Glass Lewis will also generally recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals
if the company has not adopted antitakeover protections and has been responsive to shareholders.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
We believe
that a simple majority is appropriate to approve all matters presented to shareholders,
and will recommend that shareholders vote accordingly. Glass Lewis believes that supermajority vote
requirements impede shareholder action on ballot items critical to shareholder interests. In a
takeover context supermajority vote requirements can strongly limit the voice of shareholders in
making decisions on crucial matters such as selling the business. These limitations in turn may
degrade share value and can reduce the possibility of buyout premiums for shareholders. Moreover,
we believe that a supermajority vote requirement can enable a small group of shareholders to
overrule the will of the majority of shareholders.
Independent Chairman
Glass Lewis views an independent chairman as better able to oversee the executives and set a
pro-shareholder agenda in the absence of the conflicts that a CEO, executive insider, or close
company affiliate may face. Separating the roles of CEO and chairman may lead to a more proactive and
effective board of directors. The presence of an independent chairman fosters the creation of a
thoughtful and dynamic board, not dominated by the views of senior management. We believe that the
separation of these two key roles eliminates the conflict of interest that inevitably occurs when a
CEO, or other executive, is responsible for self-oversight. As such, we will typically support
reasonably crafted shareholder proposals seeking the installation of an independent chairman at a
target company. However, we will not support proposals that include overly prescriptive definitions of
independent.
ENVIRONMENT
There are significant financial, legal and reputational risks to companies resulting from poor
environmental practices or negligent oversight thereof. We believe part of the boards role is to
ensure that management conducts a complete risk analysis of company operations, including those that
have environmental implications. Directors should monitor managements performance in mitigating
environmental risks attendant with operations in order to eliminate or minimize the risks to the
company and shareholders.
When management and the board have displayed disregard for environmental risks, have engaged in
egregious or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately respond to current or imminent
environmental risks that threaten shareholder value, we believe shareholders should hold directors
accountable. When a substantial environmental risk has been ignored or inadequately addressed, we
may recommend voting against responsible members of the governance committee, or members of a
committee specifically charged with sustainability oversight.
With respect to environmental risk, Glass Lewis believes companies should actively consider their
exposure to:
Direct environmental risk: Companies should evaluate financial exposure to direct environmental
risks associated with their operations. Examples of direct environmental risks are those associated
with spills, contamination, hazardous leakages, explosions, or reduced water or air quality, among
others. Further, firms should consider their exposure to environmental risks emanating from systemic
change
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
49
over which they may have only limited control, such as insurance companies affected by increased
storm severity and frequency resulting from climate change.
Risk due to legislation/regulation: Companies should evaluate their exposure to shifts or potential
shifts in environmental regulation that affect current and planned operations. Regulation should be
carefully monitored in all jurisdictions within which the company operates. We look closely at
relevant and proposed legislation and evaluate whether the company has responded appropriately.
Legal and reputational risk: Failure to take action on important issues may carry the risk of
damaging negative publicity and potentially costly litigation. While
the effect of high-profile campaigns
on shareholder value may not be directly measurable, in general we believe it is prudent for firms
to evaluate social and environmental risk as a necessary part in assessing overall portfolio risk.
If there is a clear showing that a company has inadequately addressed these risks, Glass Lewis may
consider supporting appropriately crafted shareholder proposals requesting increased disclosure, board
attention or, in limited circumstances, specific actions. In general, however, we believe that boards
and management are in the best position to address these important issues, and will only rarely
recommend that shareholders supplant their judgment regarding operations.
Climate Change and Green House Gas Emission Disclosure
Glass Lewis will consider recommending a vote in favor of a reasonably crafted proposal to disclose
a companys climate change and/or greenhouse gas emission strategies when (i) a company has suffered
financial impact from reputational damage, lawsuits and/or government investigations, (ii) there is a
strong link between climate change and its resultant regulation and
shareholder value at the firm,
and/ or (iii) the company has inadequately disclosed how it has addressed climate change risks.
Further, we will typically recommend supporting proposals seeking disclosure of greenhouse gas
emissions at companies operating in carbon- or energy- intensive industries, such basic materials,
integrated oil and gas, iron and steel, transportation, utilities, and construction. We are not
inclined, however, to support proposals seeking emissions reductions, or proposals seeking the
implementation of prescriptive policies relating to climate change.
Sustainability Report
When
evaluating requests that a firm produce a sustainability report, we will consider, among other
things:
The financial risk to the company from the firms environmental practices and/or regulation;
The relevant companys current level of disclosure;
The level of sustainability information disclosed by the firms peers;
The industry in which the firm operates;
The level and type of sustainability concerns/controversies at the relevant firm, if any;
The time frame within which the relevant report is to be produced; and
The level of flexibility granted to the board in the implementation of the proposal.
In general, we believe that firms operating in extractive industries should produce sustainability
reports, and will recommend a vote for reasonably crafted proposals requesting that such a report be
produced; however, as with all shareholder proposals, we will evaluate sustainability report
requests on a case by case basis.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
50
Oil Sands
The procedure required to extract usable crude from oil sands emits significantly more greenhouse
gases than do conventional extraction methods. In addition, development of the oil sands has a
deleterious effect on the local environment, such as Canadas boreal forests which sequester
significant levels of carbon. We believe firms should strongly consider and evaluate exposure to
financial, legal and reputational risks associated with investment in oil sands.
We believe firms should adequately disclose their involvement in the oil sands, including a
discussion of exposure to sensitive political and environmental areas. Firms should broadly outline
the scope of oil sands operations, describe the commercial methods for producing oil, and discuss
the management of greenhouse gas emissions. However, we believe that detailed disclosure of
investment assumptions could unintentionally reveal sensitive information regarding operations and
business strategy, which would not serve shareholders interest. We will review all proposals
seeking increased disclosure of oil sands operations in the above context, but will typically not
support proposals seeking cessation or curtailment of operations.
Sustainable Forestry
Sustainable forestry provides for the long-term sustainable management and use of trees and other
non-timber forest products. Retaining the economic viability of forests is one of the tenets of
sustainable forestry, along with encouraging more responsible corporate use of forests. Sustainable
land use and the effective management of land are viewed by some shareholders as important in light
of the impact of climate change. Forestry certification has emerged as a way that corporations can
address prudent forest management. There are currently several primary certification schemes such as
the Sustainable Forestry Initiative (SFI) and the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
There are nine main principles that comprise the SFI: (i) sustainable forestry; (ii) responsible
practices; (iii) reforestation and productive capacity; (iv) forest health and productivity; (v)
long-term forest and soil productivity; (vi) protection of water resources; (vii) protection of
special sites and biodiversity; (viii) legal compliance; and (ix) continual improvement.
The FSC adheres to ten basic principles: (i) compliance with laws and FSC principles; (ii) tenure
and use rights and responsibilities; (iii) indigenous peoples rights; (iv) community relations and
workers rights; (v) benefits from the forest; (vi) environmental impact; (vii) management plan;
(viii) monitoring and assessment; (ix) maintenance of high conservation value forests; and (x)
plantations.
Shareholder
proposals regarding sustainable forestry have typically requested that the firm comply
with the above SFI or FSC principles as well as to assess the feasibility of phasing out the use of
uncertified fiber and increasing the use of certified fiber. We will evaluate target firms current mix of
certified and uncertified paper and the firms general approach to sustainable forestry practices, both
absolutely and relative to its peers but will only support proposals of this nature when we believe
that the proponent has clearly demonstrated that the implementation of this proposal is clearly
linked to an increase in shareholder value.
SOCIAL ISSUES
Non-Discrimination Policies
Companies
with records of poor labor relations may face lawsuits, efficiency-draining turnover, poor
employee performance, and/or distracting, costly investigations. Moreover, as an increasing number of
companies adopt inclusive EEO policies, companies without comprehensive policies may face damaging
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
51
recruitment, reputational and legal risks. We believe that a pattern of making financial settlements as
a result of lawsuits based on discrimination could indicate investor exposure to ongoing financial
risk. Where there is clear evidence of employment practices resulting in negative economic exposure,
Glass Lewis may support shareholder proposals addressing such risks.
MacBride Principles
To promote peace, justice and equality regarding employment in Northern Ireland, Dr. Sean MacBride,
founder of Amnesty International and Nobel Peace laureate, proposed the following equal opportunity
employment principles:
1. Increasing the representation of individuals from underrepresented religious groups in the
workforce including managerial, supervisory, administrative, clerical and technical jobs;
2. Adequate security for the protection of minority employees both at the workplace and while
traveling to and from work;
3. The banning of provocative religious or political emblems from the workplace;
4. All job openings should be publicly advertised and special recruitment efforts should be
made to attract applicants from underrepresented religious groups;
5. Layoff, recall, and termination procedures should not, in practice, favor particular religious
groupings;
6. The abolition of job reservations, apprenticeship restrictions, and differential employment
criteria, which discriminate on the basis of religion or ethnic origin;
7. The development of training programs that will prepare substantial numbers of current
minority employees for skilled jobs, including the expansion of existing programs and the
creation of new programs to train, upgrade, and improve the skills of minority employees;
8. The establishment of procedures to assess, identify and actively recruit minority employees
with potential for further advancement; and
9. The appointment of senior management staff member to oversee the companys affirmative action
efforts and setting up of timetables to carry out affirmative action principles.
Proposals requesting the implementation of the above principles are typically proposed at firms that
operate, or maintain subsidiaries that operate, in Northern Ireland. In each case, we will examine
the companys current equal employment opportunity policy and the extent to which the company has
been subject to protests, fines, or litigation regarding discrimination in the workplace, if any.
Further, we will examine any evidence of the firms specific record of labor concerns in Northern
Ireland.
Human Rights
Glass Lewis believes explicit policies set out by companies boards of directors on human rights
provides shareholders with the means to evaluate whether the company has taken steps to mitigate
risks from its human rights practices. As such, we believe that it is prudent for firms to actively
evaluate risks to shareholder value stemming from global activities and human rights practices along
entire supply chains. Findings and investigations of human rights abuses can inflict, at a minimum,
reputational damage on targeted companies and have the potential to dramatically reduce shareholder
value. This is particularly true for companies operating in emerging market countries in extractive
industries and in politically unstable regions. As such, while we typically rely on the expertise of
the board on these important
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
52
policy
issues, we recognize that, in some instances, shareholders could benefit from increased
reporting or further codification of human rights policies.
Military and US Government Business Policies
Glass Lewis believes that disclosure to shareholders of information on key company endeavors is
important. However, we generally do not support resolutions that call for shareholder approval of
policy statements for or against government programs, most of which are subject to thorough review
by the federal government and elected officials at the national level. We also do not support
proposals favoring disclosure of information where similar disclosure is already mandated by law,
unless circumstances exist that warrant the additional disclosure.
Foreign Government Business Policies
Where a corporation operates in a foreign country, Glass Lewis believes that the company and board
should maintain sufficient controls to prevent illegal or egregious conduct with the potential to
decrease shareholder value, examples of which include bribery, money laundering, severe
environmental violations or proven human rights violations. We believe that shareholders should hold
board members, and in particular members of the audit committee and CEO, accountable for these issues
when they face reelection, as these concerns may subject the company to financial risk. In some
instances, we will support appropriately crafted shareholder proposals specifically addressing
concerns with the target firms actions outside its home jurisdiction.
Health Care Reform Principles
Health care reform in the United States has long been a contentious political issue and Glass Lewis
therefore believes firms must evaluate and mitigate the level of risk to which they may be exposed
regarding potential changes in health care legislation. Over the last several years, Glass Lewis has
reviewed multiple shareholder proposals requesting that boards adopt principles for comprehensive
health reform, such as the following based upon principles reported by the Institute of Medicine:
Health care coverage should be universal;
Health care coverage should be continuous;
Health care coverage should be affordable to individuals and families;
The health insurance strategy should be affordable and sustainable for society; and
Health insurance should enhance health and well-being by promoting access to high-quality
care that is effective, efficient, safe, timely, patient-centered and equitable.
In general, Glass Lewis believes that individual corporate board rooms are not the appropriate
forum in which to address evolving and contentious national policy issues. The adoption of a narrow
set of principles could limit the boards ability to comply with new regulation or to appropriately
and flexibly respond to health care issues as they arise. As such, barring a compelling reason to
the contrary, we typically do not support the implementation of national health care reform
principles at the company level.
Tobacco
Glass Lewis recognizes the contentious nature of the production, procurement, marketing and selling of
tobacco products. We also recognize that tobacco companies are particularly susceptible to
reputational and regulatory risk due to the nature of its operations. As such, we will consider
supporting uniquely
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
53
tailored and appropriately crafted shareholder proposals requesting increased information or the
implementation of suitably broad policies at target firms on a case-by-case basis. However, we
typically do not support proposals requesting that firms shift away from, or significantly alter, the
legal production or marketing of core products.
Reporting Contributions and Political Spending
While corporate contributions to national political parties and committees controlled by federal
officeholders are prohibited under federal law, corporations can legally donate to state and local
candidates, organizations registered under 26 USC Sec. 527 of the Internal Revenue Code and
state-level political committees. There is, however, no standardized manner in which companies must
disclose this information. As such, shareholders often must search
through numerous campaign finance
reports and detailed tax documents to ascertain even limited information. Corporations also
frequently use trade associations, which are not required to report funds they receive for or spend
on political activity, as a means for corporate political action.
Further, in 2010 the Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission decision by the Supreme Court
affirmed that corporations are entitled to the same free speech laws as individuals and that it is
legal for a corporation to donate to political causes without monetary limit. While the decision did
not remove bans on direct contributions to candidates, companies are now able to contribute
indirectly, and substantially, to candidates through political organizations. Therefore, it appears
companies will enjoy greater latitude in their political actions by this recent decision.
When
evaluating whether a requested report would benefit shareholders, Glass Lewis seeks answers to
the following three key questions:
Is the Companys disclosure comprehensive and readily accessible?
How does the Companys political expenditure policy and disclosure compare to its peers?
What is the Companys current level of oversight?
Glass Lewis will consider supporting a proposal seeking increased disclosure of corporate political
expenditure and contributions if the firms current disclosure is insufficient, or if the firms
disclosure is significantly lacking compared to its peers. We will also consider voting for such
proposals when there is evidence of inadequate board oversight. Given that political donations are
strategic decisions intended to increase shareholder value and have the potential to negatively affect
the company, we believe the board should either implement processes and procedures to ensure the
proper use of the funds or closely evaluate the process and procedures used by management. We will
also consider supporting such proposals when there is verification, or credible allegations, that the
company is mismanaging corporate funds through political donations. If Glass Lewis discovers
particularly egregious actions by the company, we will consider recommending voting against the
governance committee members or other responsible directors.
Animal Welfare
Glass Lewis believes that it is prudent for management to assess potential exposure to regulatory,
legal and reputational risks associated with all business practices, including those related to
animal welfare. A high profile campaign launched against a company could result in shareholder
action, a reduced customer base, protests and potentially costly litigation. However, in general, we
believe that the board and management are in the best position to determine policies relating to the
care and use of animals. As such, we will typically vote against proposals seeking to eliminate or
limit board discretion
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
54
regarding animal welfare unless there is a clear and documented link between the boards policies
and the degradation of shareholder value.
Internet Censorship
Legal and ethical questions regarding the use and management of the Internet and the worldwide web
have been present since access was first made available to the public almost twenty years ago.
Prominent among these debates are the issues of privacy, censorship, freedom of expression and
freedom of access. Glass Lewis believes that it is prudent for management to assess its potential
exposure to risks relating to the internet management and censorship policies. As has been seen at
other firms, perceived violation of user privacy or censorship of Internet access can lead to
high-profile campaigns that could potentially result in decreased customer bases or potentially costly
litigation. In general, however, we believe that management and boards are best equipped to deal with
the evolving nature of this issue in various jurisdictions of operation.
This document sets forth the proxy voting policy and guidelines of Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC. The
policies included herein have been developed based on Glass Lewis experience with proxy voting
and corporate governance issues and are not tailored to any specific person. Moreover, these
guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive and do not include all potential voting issues. The
information included herein is reviewed periodically and updated or revised as necessary. Glass
Lewis is not responsible for any actions taken or not taken on the basis of this information. This
document may not be reproduced or distributed in any manner without the written permission of
Glass Lewis.
Copyright
© 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC. All Rights Reserved.
San Francisco Headquarters Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC One Sansome Street
Suite 3300 San Francisco, CA 94104 Tel: +1 415-678-4110 Tel: +1 888-800-7001
Fax: +1 415-357-0200 New York Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC 48 Wall Street
28th Floor New York, N.Y. 10005 Tel: +1 212-797-3777 Fax: +1 212-980-4716
Australia CGI Glass Lewis Suite 8.01, Level 8 261 George Street Sydney NSW 2000 Australia
Tel: +61 2 9299 9266 Fax: +61 2 9299 1866 France Glass Lewis International, Ltd.
27 rue Monge 75005 Paris France Tel: +33 9 54 88 99 10
Fax: +33 1 77 72 26 27 Switzerland Via Pazzalino 25 6962 Lugano Viganello
Switzerland Phone: +41 76 346 0673 Fax: +41 91 260 6182
Please direct general inquiries to info@glasslewis.com
|
PROXY PAPER GUIDELINES |2011 PROXY SEASON |AN O V E R V I E W OF |THE GLASS LEWIS APPROACH TO
|INTERNATIONAL PROXY ADVICE |GLASS LEWIS
&Co
I
nternational
|
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Please note: Glass Lewis creates separate proxy voting policies designed specifically for each individual country.
The following is a distillation of the various country-specific policies.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
2
I. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Boards are put in place to represent shareholders and protect their interests. Glass Lewis
seeks boards with a proven record of protecting shareholders and delivering value over the medium-
and long-term. In our view, boards working to protect and enhance the best interests of
shareholders typically include some independent directors (the percentage will vary by local market
practice and regulations), boast a record of positive performance, have directors with diverse
backgrounds, and appoint directors with a breadth and depth of experience.
BOARD COMPOSITION
When
companies disclose sufficient relevant information, we look at each individual on the board
and examine his or her relationships with the company, the
companys executives and with other board
members. The purpose of this inquiry is to determine whether
pre-existing personal, familial or
financial relationships are likely to impact the decisions of that board member. Where the company
does not disclose the names and backgrounds of director nominees with
sufficient time in advance of
the shareholder meeting to evaluate their independence and performance, we will consider
recommending abstaining on the directors election.
We vote in
favor of governance structures that will drive positive performance and enhance
shareholder value. The most crucial test of a boards commitment to the company and to its
shareholders is the performance of the board and its members. The performance of directors in their
capacity as board members and as executives of the company, when applicable, and in their roles at
other companies where they serve is critical to this evaluation.
We believe
a director is independent if he or she has no material financial, familial or other
current relationships with the company, its executives or other board members except for service on
the board and standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that have existed within the
three-five years prior to the inquiry are usually considered to be current for purposes of this
test.
In our
view, a director is affiliated if he or she has a material financial, familial or other
relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the company. This includes
directors whose employers have a material financial relationship with the Company. This also includes
a director who owns or controls 25% or more of the companys voting stock.
We define an inside director as one who simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee of
the company. This category may include a chairman of the board who acts as an employee of the
company or is paid as an employee of the company.
Although
we typically vote for the election of directors, we will recommend
voting against directors
for the following reasons:
A director who attends less than 75% of the board and applicable
committee meetings.
A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious
restatement has occurred after the CEO certified the pre-restatement
financial statements.
We also
feel that the following conflicts of interest may hinder a directors performance and will
therefore recommend voting against a:
CFO who presently sits on the board.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
3
Director who presently sits on an excessive number of boards.
Director, or a director whose immediate family member, provides material professional
services to the company at any time during the past five years.
Director, or a director whose immediate family member, engages in airplane, real estate or
other similar deals, including perquisite type grants from the company.
Director with an interlocking directorship.
SLATE ELECTIONS
In some countries, companies elect their board members as a slate, whereby shareholders are
unable to vote on the election of each individual director, but
rather are limited to voting for or
against the board as a whole. If significant issues exist concerning one or more of the nominees, we
will recommend voting against the entire slate of directors.
BOARD COMMITTEE COMPOSITION
We believe
that independent directors should serve on a companys audit, compensation,
nominating and governance committees. We will support boards with such a structure and encourage
change where this is not the case.
REVIEW OF RISK MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
We believe
companies, particularly financial firms, should have a dedicated risk
committee, or a
committee of the board charged with risk oversight, as well as a
chief risk officer who reports
directly to that committee, not to the CEO or another executive. In cases where a company has
disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where a reasonable analysis indicates that the companys
board-level risk committee should be held accountable for poor oversight, we would recommend that
shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In
addition, in cases where a company
maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails to disclose any explicit form of
board-level risk oversight (committee or otherwise), we will consider recommending to vote against
the chairman of the board on that basis.
CLASSIFIED BOARDS
Glass
Lewis favors the repeal of staggered boards in favor of the annual election of directors.
We believe that staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than annually elected boards.
Furthermore, we feel that the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on
protecting the interests of shareholders.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
4
II. FINANCIAL REPORTING
ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS
Many
countries require companies to submit the annual financial statements, director reports
and independent auditors reports to shareholders at a general
meeting. Shareholder approval of such
a proposal does not discharge the board or management. We will
usually recommend voting in favor of
these proposals except when there are concerns about the integrity of the statements/reports.
However, should the audited financial statements, auditors report and/or annual report not be
published at the writing of our report, we will recommend that
shareholders abstain from voting on
this proposal.
INCOME ALLOCATION (DISTRIBUTION OF DIVIDEND)
In many
countries, companies must submit the allocation of income for shareholder approval. We
will generally recommend voting for such a proposal. However, we will
give particular scrutiny to
cases where the companys dividend payout ratio is exceptionally
low or excessively high relative to
its peers and the company has not provided a satisfactory explanation. We generally recommend
abstaining from dividends with payout ratios of less than 10% or more than 200%.
APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND AUTHORITY TO SET FEES
We believe
that role of the auditor is crucial in protecting shareholder value. Like directors,
auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and should
assiduously avoid situations that
require them to make choices between their own interests and the interests of the shareholders.
We
generally support managements recommendation regarding the
selection of an auditor and support
granting the board the authority to fix auditor fees except in cases where we believe the
independence of an incumbent auditor or the integrity of the audit has been compromised.
However,
we recommend voting against ratification of the auditor and/or authorizing the board to set
auditor fees for the following reasons:
When audit fees added to audit-related fees total less than one-third of total fees.
When there have been any recent restatements or late filings by the company where the
auditor bears some responsibility for the restatement or late filing (e.g., a restatement due
to a reporting error).
When the company has aggressive accounting policies.
When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in financial statements.
When there are other relationships or issues of concern with the auditor that might suggest
a conflict between the interest of the auditor and the interests of shareholders.
When the company is changing auditors as a result of a disagreement between the company and
the auditor on a matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or
auditing scope or procedures.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
5
III. COMPENSATION
COMPENSATION REPORT/COMPENSATION POLICY
We will
usually recommend voting against approval of the compensation report or policy when any
of the following occur:
Executives are employed without service contracts;
Service contracts provide for notice periods longer than one year;
Service contracts provide for the enhancement of employment terms or compensation rights in
excess of one year in the event of a change of control;
Payments have been made or longer-term obligations entered into (including pension
obligations) to compensate an executive who has voluntary left the company and this has not
been fully disclosed and justified;
Ex gratia or other non-contractual payments have been made and the reasons for making the
payments have not been fully explained or the explanation is unconvincing; or
Egregious or excessive bonuses, equity awards or severance payments.
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLANS
Glass
Lewis recognizes the value of equity-based incentive programs. When used appropriately,
they can provide a vehicle for linking an employees pay to a companys performance, thereby
aligning their interests with those of shareholders. Tying a portion
of an employees compensation to
the performance of the Company provides an incentive to maximize
share value. In addition,
equity-based compensation is an effective way to attract, retain and
motivate key employees.
In order
to allow for meaningful shareholder review, we believe that incentive programs should
generally include: (i) specific and appropriate performance goals; (ii) a maximum award pool; and
(iii) a maximum award amount per employee. In addition, the payments made should be reasonable
relative to the performance of the business and total compensation to those covered by the plan
should be in line with compensation paid by the Companys peers.
PERFORMANCE-BASED EQUITY COMPENSATION
Glass
Lewis believes in performance-based equity compensation plans for
senior executives. We
feel that executives should be compensated with equity when their performance and that of the
company warrants such rewards. While we do not believe that
equity-based compensation plans for all
employees need to be based on overall company performance, we do
support such limitations for grants
to senior executives (although even some equity-based compensation of
senior executives without
performance criteria is acceptable, such as in the case of moderate
incentive grants made in an
initial offer of employment).
Boards
often argue that such a proposal would hinder them in attracting talent. We believe that boards
can develop a consistent, reliable approach, as boards of many
companies have, that would still
attract executives who believe in their ability to guide the company to achieve its targets. We
generally recommend that shareholders vote in favor of
performance-based option requirements.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
6
There
should be no retesting of performance conditions for all share- and
option-based
incentive schemes. We will generally recommend that shareholders vote against performance-based
equity compensation plans that allow for re-testing.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Glass
Lewis believes that non-employee directors should receive
compensation for the time and
effort they spend serving on the board and its committees. In
particular, we support compensation plans
that include equity-based awards, which help to align the interests of outside directors with those
of shareholders. Director fees should be reasonable in order to
retain and attract qualified
individuals.
Glass Lewis compares the costs of these plans to the plans of peer companies with similar market
capitalizations in the same country to help inform its judgment on this issue.
RETIREMENT BENEFITS FOR DIRECTORS
We will
typically recommend voting against proposals to grant retirement
benefits to non-executive
directors. Such extended payments can impair the objectivity and independence of these board
members. Directors should receive adequate compensation for their
board service through initial and
annual fees.
LIMITS ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
As a
general rule, Glass Lewis believes that shareholders should not be
involved in setting
executive compensation. Such matters should be left to the
boards compensation committee. We view the
election of directors, and specifically those who sit on the
compensation committee, as the appropriate
mechanism for shareholders to express their disapproval or support of board policy on this issue.
Further, we believe that companies whose pay-for-performance is in line with their peers should be
granted the flexibility to compensate their executives in a manner
that drives growth and profit.
However,
Glass Lewis favors performance-based compensation as an effective
means of motivating executives
to act in the best interests of shareholders. Performance-based
compensation may be limited if a
chief executives pay is capped at a low level rather than
flexibly tied to the performance of the
company.
ADVISORY VOTES ON COMPENSATION
We closely
review companies remuneration practices and disclosure as
outlined in company filings
to evaluate management-submitted advisory compensation vote
proposals. In evaluating these proposals,
which can be binding or non-binding depending on the country, we examine how well the company has
disclosed information pertinent to its compensation programs, the
extent to which overall compensation
is tied to performance, the performance metrics selected by the company and the levels of
remuneration in comparison to company performance and that of its peers.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
7
IV. GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE
AMENDMENTS TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
We will
evaluate proposed amendments to a companys articles of association on a case-by-case
basis. We are opposed to the practice of bundling several amendments under a single proposal because
it prevents shareholders from evaluating each amendment on its own merits. In such cases, we will
analyze each change individually and will recommend voting for the proposal only when we believe
that the amendments are in the best interests of shareholders.
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Glass Lewis believes that poison pill plans generally are not in the best interests of
shareholders. Specifically, they can reduce management accountability
by substantially limiting
opportunities for corporate takeovers. Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a
buy-out premium for their stock.
We believe
that boards should be given wide latitude in directing the activities of the company and
charting the companys course. However, on an issue such as this
where the link between the financial
interests of shareholders and their right to consider and accept
buyout offers is so substantial, we
believe that shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether or not they support such a plans
implementation.
In certain
limited circumstances, we will support a limited poison pill to accomplish a particular
objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that contains what we believe to be
a reasonable qualifying offer clause.
INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES
Glass
Lewis believes that adequate capital stock is important to the operation of a company. We
will generally support proposals when a company could reasonably use the requested shares for
financing, stock splits and stock dividends. While we think that having adequate shares to allow
management to make quick decisions and effectively operate the
business is critical, we prefer that,
for significant transactions, management come to shareholders to
justify their use of additional shares
rather than providing a blank check in the form of large pools of unallocated shares available for
any purpose.
In general, we will support proposals to increase authorized shares up to 100% of the number of
shares currently authorized unless, after the increase the company
would be left with less than 30%
of its authorized shares outstanding.
ISSUANCE OF SHARES
Issuing
additional shares can dilute existing holders in limited circumstances. Further, the
availability of additional shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can
often serve as a deterrent to interested suitors. Accordingly, where
we find that the company has not
disclosed a detailed plan for use of the proposed shares, or where the number of shares requested
are excessive, we typically recommend against the issuance. In the case of a private placement, we
will also consider whether the company is offering a discount to its share price.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
8
In
general, we will support proposals to issue shares (with pre-emption rights) when the
requested increase is the lesser of (i) the unissued ordinary share capital; or (ii) a sum equal to
one-third of the issued ordinary share capital. This authority should
not exceed five years. In some
countries, if the proposal contains a figure greater than one-third, the company should explain the
nature of the additional amounts.
We will
also generally support proposals to suspend pre-emption rights for a maximum of 5% of the
issued ordinary share capital of the company. If the proposal
contains a figure greater than 5%, the
company should provide an explanation. This authority should not
exceed five years, or less for some
countries.
REPURCHASE OF SHARES
We will
recommend voting in favor of a proposal to repurchase shares when the plan includes the
following provisions: (i) a maximum number of shares which may be purchased (typically not more
than 15% of the issued share capital); and (ii) a maximum price which may be paid for each share
(as a percentage of the market price).
SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS
Glass
Lewis favors a simple majority voting structure. Supermajority vote requirements act as
impediments to shareholder action on ballot items that are critical to our interests. One key example
is in the takeover context where supermajority vote requirements can strongly limit shareholders
input in making decisions on such crucial matters as selling the business.
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
9
V. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISK
We believe
companies should actively evaluate risks to long-term shareholder value stemming
from exposure to environmental and social risks and should
incorporate this information into their
overall business risk profile. In addition, we believe companies should consider their exposure to
changes in environmental or social regulation with respect to their
operations as well as related
legal and reputational risks. Companies should disclose to shareholders both the nature and
magnitude of such risks as well as steps they have taken or will take
to mitigate those risks.
When we
identify situations where shareholder value is at risk, we may
recommend voting in favor of a
reasonable and well-targeted shareholder proposal if we believe
supporting the proposal will promote
disclosure of and/or mitigate significant risk exposure. In limited cases where a company has failed
to adequately mitigate risks stemming from environmental or social
practices, we will recommend
shareholders vote against: (i) ratification of board and/or management acts; (ii) approving a
companys accounts and reports and/or; (iii) directors (in egregious cases).
Copyright 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC
10
This document sets forth the proxy voting policy and guidelines of Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC. The
policies included herein have been developed based on Glass Lewis experience with proxy voting
and corporate governance issues and are not tailored to any specific person. Moreover, these
guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive and do not include all potential voting issues. The
information included herein is reviewed periodically and updated or revised as necessary. Glass
Lewis is not responsible for any actions taken or not taken on the basis of this information. This
document may not be reproduced or distributed in any manner without the written permission of
Glass Lewis.
Copyright © 2011 Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC. All Rights Reserved.
San Francisco Headquarters Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC One Sansome Street Suite 3300 San Francisco, CA 94104 Tel: +1 415-678-4110 Tel: +1 888-800-7001 Fax: +1
415-357-0200 New York Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC 48 Wall Street 15th Floor New York, N.Y. 10005 Tel: +1 212-797-3777 Fax: +1 212-980-4716 Australia CGI Glass
Lewis Pty Limited Suite 8.01, Level 8, 261 George St Sydney NSW 2000 Australia Tel: +61 2 9299 9266 Fax: +61 2 9299 1866 Switzerland Glass Lewis Internatonal,
Ltd. Via Pazzalino 25 6962 Lugano Viganello Switzerland Phone: +41 76 346 0673 Fax: +41 91 260 6182 Please direct general inquiries to
info@glasslewis.com
|
PART C: OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
|
|
|
(a) (1)
|
|
Certificate of Trust, dated January 27, 2009, of Schwab Strategic Trust (the Registrant or the
Trust) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(1) of the Registrants Registration
Statement, filed July 15, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(a) (2)
|
|
Registrants Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated October 12, 2009, is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 of the Registrants
Registration Statement, filed October 27, 2009 (hereinafter referred to as Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 2).
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Registrants By-Laws, dated January 26, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) of the
Registrants Registration Statement, filed July 15, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Reference is made to Article 5 of the Registrants Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
|
|
|
|
(d) (1)
|
|
Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated
October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 of
the Registrants Registration Statement, filed April 21, 2010 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No.
1).
|
|
|
|
(d) (2)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated July 26, 2010, to the Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (d)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 of the Registrants Registration Statement, filed
July 23, 2010 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 3)
|
|
|
|
(d) (3)
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated December 17, 2010, to the Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference
to Exhibit (d)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 of the Registrants Registration Statement,
filed April 15, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 7).
|
|
|
|
(d) (4)
|
|
Amendment No. 3, dated July 1, 2011, to the Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (d)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 of the Registrants Registration Statement,
filed July 8, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 12).
|
|
|
|
|
(d)(5)
|
|
Amendment No. 4, dated October 1, 2011, to the Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is filed herewith as Exhibit
(d)(5).
|
|
|
|
|
(e) (1)
|
|
Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI Investments Distribution Co. is incorporated
by reference to Exhibit (e) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(e) (2)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated July 26, 2010, to Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI
Investments Distribution Co., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(e)(2) of PEA No. 3.
|
|
|
|
(e) (3)
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated December 17, 2010, to Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI
Investments Distribution Co., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(e)(3) of PEA No. 7.
|
|
|
|
(e) (4)
|
|
Amendment No. 3, dated July 1, 2011, to the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI
Investments Distribution Co., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(e)(4) of PEA No. 12.
|
|
|
|
|
(e) (5)
|
|
Amendment No. 4, dated October 1, 2011, to the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and
SEI Investments Distribution Co., dated October 12, 2009, is filed herewith as Exhibit (e)(5).
|
|
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
(g) (1)
|
|
Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October
17, 2005, is
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 of
Registrants Registration Statement, filed October 7, 2009 (hereinafter referred to as
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1).
|
|
|
|
(g) (2)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 8, 2009,to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(g)(2) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(g) (3)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street
Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005, filed September 24, 2010 (hereafter referred to as
PEA No. 4) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(3) of PEA No. 4.
|
|
|
|
(g) (4)
|
|
Amendment, dated December 17, 2010, to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(g)(4) of PEA No. 7.
|
|
|
|
(g) (5)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 1, 2011, to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street
Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(5) of
PEA No. 12.
|
|
|
|
|
(g) (6)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005, is filed herewith as Exhibit (g)(6).
|
|
|
|
|
(h) (1)
|
|
Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc,
dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment
No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h) (1)(a)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated July 26, 2010, to the Administration Agreement between the Registrant and
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference
to Exhibit (h)(8) of PEA No. 3.
|
|
|
|
(h) (1)(b)
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated December 17, 2010, to the Administration Agreement between the Registrant
and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (h)(1)(b) of PEA No. 7.
|
|
|
|
(h) (1)(c)
|
|
Amendment No. 3, dated July 1, 2011, to the Administration Agreement between the Registrant and
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by reference
to Exhibit (h)(1)(c) of PEA No. 12.
|
|
|
|
|
(h) (1)(d)
|
|
Amendment No. 4, dated October 1, 2011, to the Administration Agreement between the Registrant and
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is filed herewith as Exhibit
(h)(1)(d).
|
|
|
|
|
(h)(2)
|
|
Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated
October 8, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h)(2)(a)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009, filed September 24, 2010 is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (h)(9) of PEA No. 4.
|
|
|
|
(h)(2)(b)
|
|
Amendment, dated December 17, 2010, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and
State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (h)(2)(b) of PEA No. 7.
|
|
|
|
(h)(2)(c)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 1, 2011, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(h)(2)(c) of PEA No. 12.
|
|
|
|
|
(h)(2)(d)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and
State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009, is filed herewith as Exhibit
(h)(2)(d).
|
|
|
|
|
(h) (3)
|
|
Authorized Participant Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)
|
|
Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and
Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)(a)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 8, 2009, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the
Registrant
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)(b)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the
Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, filed September 24,
2010 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(10) of PEA No. 4.
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)(c)
|
|
Amendment, dated December 17, 2010, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between
the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (h)(4)(c) of PEA No. 7.
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)(d)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 1, 2011, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the
Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (h)(4)(d) of PEA No. 12.
|
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)(e)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the
Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is filed herewith as
Exhibit (h)(4)(e).
|
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)
|
|
Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(h)(6) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)(a)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 8, 2009, to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab
Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1,
2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(7) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)(b)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010 to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab
Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1,
2005, filed September 24, 2010 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(11) of PEA No. 4.
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)(c)
|
|
Amendment, dated December 17, 2010, to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab
Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1,
2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5)(c) of PEA No. 7.
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)(d)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 1, 2011, to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab
Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1,
2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5)(d) of PEA No. 12.
|
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)(e)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab
Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1,
2005, is filed herewith as Exhibit (h)(5)(e).
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Opinion and Consent of Counsel is filed herewith as Exhibit (i).
|
|
|
|
|
|
(j) (1)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
(j) (2)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Walter W. Bettinger is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(2) of
Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 of Registrants Registration Statement, filed December 8, 2010
(hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 5).
|
|
|
|
(j) (3)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Robert W. Burns is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(3) of PEA No. 5.
|
|
|
|
(j) (4)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Charles A. Ruffel is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(4) of PEA No. 5.
|
|
|
|
(j) (5)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Mark A. Goldfarb is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(5) of PEA No. 5.
|
|
|
|
(j) (6)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Marie Chandoha is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(6) of PEA No. 5.
|
4
|
|
|
(j) (7)
|
|
Power of Attorney of George Pereira is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(7) of PEA No. 5.
|
|
|
|
(j) (8)
|
|
Resolution Approving Power of Attorney filed September 24, 2010 is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (j)(8) of PEA No. 4.
|
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
(m)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
(n)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
(o)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
(p) (1)
|
|
Joint Code of Ethics for the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. dated
October 1, 2011 is filed herewith as Exhibit (p)(1).
|
|
|
|
|
(p) (2)
|
|
Code of Ethics of SEI Investments Distribution Co. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2)
of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE REGISTRANT.
Not Applicable.
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.
Reference is made to Article VII of Registrants Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a) filed
October 27, 2009) and Article 11 of Registrants By-Laws (Exhibit (b) filed July 15, 2009).
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.
The Registrants investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), a
Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989, also serves as the investment manager to Laudus
Institutional Trust, Laudus Trust, Schwab Capital Trust, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab
Investments, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios, each an open-end, management investment company. The
principal place of business of the investment adviser is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.
The only business in which the investment adviser engages is that of investment adviser and
administrator to Schwab Capital Trust, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments,
Schwab Annuity Portfolios and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future,
investment adviser to the Registrant, Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust and an investment
adviser to certain non-investment company clients.
The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each
director and/or senior or executive officer of CSIM is or has been engaged during the past two
fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for which any director and/or senior or
executive officer of the investment adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or
trustee is also listed below.
5
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position with Adviser
|
|
Name of Other Company
|
|
Capacity
|
Charles R. Schwab, Chairman
and Director
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Chairman and Director
|
|
|
The Charles Schwab Bank, N.A.
|
|
Chairman, Director
|
|
|
The Charles Schwab Corporation
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
Schwab Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Schwab International Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Holdings (UK)
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
United States Trust Company of New
York
|
|
Chairman, Director
|
|
|
All Kinds of Minds
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Stanford University
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marie Chandoha, Director,
President and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Executive Vice President and
President,
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Management Services
|
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, PLC
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Asset Management
|
|
Director
|
|
|
(Ireland) Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Omar Aguilar, Senior Vice
President and Chief Investment Officer Equities
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Senior Vice President
and Chief Investment Officer Equities
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Equities
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Equities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brett Wander, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Fixed Income
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Fixed Income
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Fixed Income
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer Fixed Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Lekich, Chief Counsel and
Senior Vice President
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Vice President and Associate
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Vice President and Assistant Clerk
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Hogan, Chief Compliance
Officer
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief
Compliance Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
George Pereira, Senior Vice
President, Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Operating
Officer
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Treasurer and Principal Financial
Officer
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Treasurer and Chief Financial
Officer
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Treasurer and Principal Financial
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mutual Fund Division, UST
Advisers, Inc.
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, PLC
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Asset Management
(Ireland) Limited
|
|
Director
|
ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS:
(a) SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the Distributor) is the principal underwriter of the Trust.
(b) Information with respect to each director, officer or partner of each principal underwriter is
as follows. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each director or officer is 1 Freedom
Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Positions and Offices
|
Name
|
|
Position and Office with Underwriter
|
|
with Registrant
|
William M. Doran
|
|
Director
|
|
None
|
Edward D. Loughlin
|
|
Director
|
|
None
|
Wayne M. Withrow
|
|
Director
|
|
None
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Positions and Offices
|
Name
|
|
Position and Office with Underwriter
|
|
with Registrant
|
Kevin Barr
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
|
|
None
|
Maxine Chou
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Operations Officer, &Treasurer
|
|
None
|
Karen LaTourette
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer,
|
|
None
|
|
|
Anti-Money Laundering Officer
&
Assistant Secretary
|
|
|
John C. Munch
|
|
General Counsel & Secretary
|
|
None
|
Mark J. Held
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
None
|
Lori L. White
|
|
Vice President & Assistant Secretary
|
|
None
|
John Coary
|
|
Vice President & Assistant Secretary
|
|
None
|
John Cronin
|
|
Vice President
|
|
None
|
Robert Silvestri
|
|
Vice President
|
|
None
|
(c) None.
ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940
Act, as amended, and the Rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:
1) Schwab Strategic Trust, 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105
2) Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105
3) Principal Underwriter SEI Investments Distribution Co., 1 Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456
4) Custodian State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111
5) Transfer Agent State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111
ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
None.
ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS.
Not applicable.
7
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), and
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the
requirements for the effectiveness of this Post Effective Amendment No. 17 to Registrants
Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused
this Post Effective Amendment No. 17 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly
authorized, in the City of Washington in the District of Columbia, on the 14th day of October,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST
|
|
|
Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marie Chandoha*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marie Chandoha, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to
Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated this 14th day of October, 2011.
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger, II*
Walter W. Bettinger, II
|
|
Chairman and Trustee
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns*
Robert W. Burns
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Goldfarb*
Robert W. Goldfarb
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
Charles A. Ruffel*
Charles A. Ruffel
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
Marie Chandoha*
Marie Chandoha
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
George Pereira*
George Pereira
|
|
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/ Douglas P. Dick
Douglas P. Dick, Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to Power of Attorney
|
|
|
8
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
(d) (5)
|
|
Amendment No. 4, dated October 1, 2011, to the Advisory Agreement
between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated
October 12, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(e) (5)
|
|
Amendment No. 4, dated October 1, 2011, to the Distribution
Agreement between the Registrant and SEI Investments Distribution Co., dated
October 12, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(g) (6)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Custodian Agreement
between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October
17, 2005.
|
|
|
|
(h) (1)(d)
|
|
Amendment No. 4, dated October 1, 2011, to the Administration
Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management,
Inc., dated October 12, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(h)(2)(d)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between
the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009.
|
|
|
|
(h)(4)(e)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Master Fund Accounting and
Services Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust
Company, dated October 1, 2005.
|
|
|
|
(h)(5)(e)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 1, 2011, to the Sub-Administration Agreement
between the Charles Schwab Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street
Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005.
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Opinion and Consent of Counsel
|
|
|
|
(p)(1)
|
|
Joint Code of Ethics for the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management,
Inc. dated October 1, 2011
|
9